SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 6-K

 

REPORT OF FOREIGN ISSUER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-16 OR 15D-16 OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the Month of October 2005

 

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

ACN 005 357 522

(Translation of registrant’s name into English)

 

Level 6, 100 Queen Street Melbourne Victoria 3000 Australia

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

 

 

Form 20-F ý

Form 40-F o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

 

Yes o

No ý

 

If “Yes” is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to the registrant in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b):

 

This Form 6-K may contain certain forward- looking statements, including statements regarding (i) economic and financial forecasts, (ii) anticipated implementation of certain control systems and programs, (iii) the expected outcomes of legal proceedings and (iv) strategic priorities.  Such forward- looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond our control and which may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statement contained in these forward- looking statements.  For example, these forward-looking statements may be affected by movements in exchange rates and interest rates, general economic conditions, our ability to acquire or develop necessary technology, our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, government regulation, the competitive environment and political and regulatory policies.

 

 


 


 

 

Australia and New Zealand
Banking Group Limited

ABN 11 005 357 522

 

Consolidated Results
Dividend Announcement and
Appendix 4E

 

Full Year
30 September 2005

 

The Consolidated Results and Dividend Announcement constitutes the preliminary final report and is the Appendix 4E required by the Australian Stock Exchange.  It should be read in conjunction with the September 2005 Annual and Financial Reports and is lodged with the Australian Stock Exchange under listing rule 4·3A.

 



 

RESULTS FOR ANNOUNCEMENT TO THE MARKET

APPENDIX 4E

 

 

Name of Company:

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

 

ABN 11 005 357 522

 

Report for the full year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A$ million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group operating revenue

 

up

 

8.2

%

to

 

9,350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit after tax attributable to shareholders

 

up

 

7.2

%

to

 

3,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Extraordinary items after tax attributable to shareholders

 

 

 

0

%

to

 

nil

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit and extraordinary items after tax attributable to shareholders

 

up

 

7.2

%

to

 

3,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed final dividend per ordinary share, fully franked at 30% tax rate (previous corresponding period 54 cents, fully franked at 30% tax rate)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

59 cents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim 2005 dividend per ordinary share, fully franked at 30% tax rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51 cents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Record date for the proposed final dividend

 

 

 

 

 

14 November 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The proposed final dividend will be payable to shareholders registered in the books of the Company at close of business on 14 November 2005. Transfers must be lodged before 5:00 pm on that day to participate.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment date for the proposed final dividend

 

 

 

 

 

16 December 2005

 

 

Highlights

 

Earnings per share

      Cash EPS 175.2 cents - up 8.8% (excl. non core items)*

      EPS 160.9 cents - up 5.1%

 

Profit after tax

      $3,018 million - up 7.2%

      $3,056 million - up 11.9% (excl. non core items)*

      $1,564 million second half, up 4.8% on first half (excl. non core items)*

 

Shareholder return

      Dividend 110 cents - up 8.9%

      Total Shareholder Return 33%

 

Ratios

      Cost-income ratio 45.6% (45.3%) (excl. non core items)*

      Cash return on equity 18.8% (19.1%) (excl. non core items)*

      Adjusted common equity ratio stable at 5.1%

 

Business Comment

      Strong performance in Australia, particularly in Personal Banking

      NZ result subdued as expected due to margins and integration

      Substantial staff investment with 2,221 additional FTE

      Net specific provisions down 19% and non-accruals down 23%

      New Growth and Transformation program with revised targets:

      7% - 9% revenue growth per annum

      Cost-Income to 40% over time

 


*      Excluding non-core items - significant items and NBNZ incremental integration costs

 



 

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED

ABN 11 005 357 522

 

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS, DIVIDEND ANNOUNCEMENT and APPENDIX 4E

Full year ended 30 September 2005

 

CONTENTS

 

 

 

HIGHLIGHTS

 

 

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

Net Profit

 

Significant items and NBNZ incremental integration costs in the profit and loss

 

Profit excluding significant items and NBNZ incremental integration costs in the profit and loss

 

Earnings per share

 

Net profit by business unit

 

Net profit by geography

 

Statement of Financial Position

 

Financial Ratios

 

 

 

RESULTS COMMENTARY

 

2005 result

 

Comparison with March 2005 half

 

Significant items and NBNZ incremental integration costs

 

Income and expenses

 

Earnings per share

 

Dividends

 

EVA Reconciliation

 

Credit Risk

 

Market Risk

 

Statement of Financial Position

 

Capital Management

 

The National Bank of New Zealand - Integration

 

Impact of NBNZ on September 2005 results

 

ING New Zealand joint venture

 

ING Australia Performance

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

 

 

BUSINESS PERFORMANCE REVIEW

 

 

 

GEOGRAPHIC SEGMENT PERFORMANCE

 

 

 

FIVE YEAR SUMMARY

 

 

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

APPENDIX 4E STATEMENT

 

 

 

DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

 

 

This Results Announcement has been prepared for Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (the “Company”) together with its subsidiaries which are variously described as “ANZ”, “Group”, “ANZ Group”, “us”, “we” or “our”.

 

All amounts are in Australian dollars unless otherwise stated.  The information on which this announcement is based is in the process of being audited by the Group’s auditors, KPMG.  The Company has a formally constituted Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.  This report was approved by resolution of a Committee of the Board of Directors on 24 October, 2005.

 

When used in this Results Announcement the words “estimate”, “project”, “intend”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “expect”, “should” and similar expressions, as they relate to the ANZ Group and its management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements.  Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof.  Such statements constitute “forward-looking statements” for the purposes of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  The ANZ Group does not undertake any obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 



 

HIGHLIGHTS

 

Media Release

 

For Release: 25 October 2005

 

ANZ cash EPS* up 8.8%

Strong revenue growth in the second half

 

Earnings per share

      Cash EPS 175.2 cents - up 8.8% (excl. non core items)*

      EPS 160.9 cents - up 5.1%

 

Profit after tax

      $3,018 million - up 7.2%

      $3,056 million - up 11.9% (excl. non core items)*

      $1,564 million second half, up 4.8% on first half (excl. non core items)*

 

Shareholder return

      Dividend 110 cents - up 8.9%

      Total Shareholder Return 33%

 

Ratios

      Cost-income ratio 45.6% (45.3%) (excl. non core items)*

      Cash return on equity 18.8% (19.1%) (excl. non core items)*

      Adjusted common equity ratio stable at 5.1%

 

Business Comment

      Strong performance in Australia, particularly in Personal Banking

      NZ result subdued as expected due to margins and integration

      Substantial staff investment with 2,221 additional FTE

      Net specific provisions down 19% and non-accruals down 23%

      New Growth and Transformation program with revised targets:

      7% - 9% revenue growth per annum

      Cost-Income to 40% over time

 


*      Excluding non-core items - significant items and NBNZ incremental integration costs

 

1



 

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZ) today announced a record operating profit after tax of $3,018 million for the year ended 30 September 2005, up 7.2% on the previous year.

 

Excluding non-core items*, operating profit after tax was $3,056 million up 11.9% and cash earnings per share were 175.2 cents up 8.8%.

 

The full-year dividend was increased by 8.9% to 110 cents, in line with ANZ’s policy to increase dividends at the rate of cash earnings per share growth.

 

Second half operating profit after tax was particularly strong at $1,564 million, up 4.8% on the first half, with revenues up 4.9% including other operating income up 7.6%.

 

ANZ Chief Executive Officer Mr John McFarlane said: “This is a good result, ahead of our original target of 7% to 8% cash EPS growth for the year.  I was particularly pleased with the quality of the result in the second half especially, the strength in revenues.

 

“Lending and deposit growth were up 12% and 10% respectively on the year, offset by a margin decline of 14 basis points.

 

“Risks were substantially lower than last year, and we were able to produce a good profit notwithstanding a high level of spending for the future.

 

“In line with earlier commitments, we have continued to invest in the sustainability of the business, which has seen an additional 2,221 staff employed in the year, largely in the front line.  As a consequence, expense growth* for the year was 11%, or 8% when adjusted for the additional two-month contribution from NBNZ.  We expect this level of investment to deliver improved returns over the coming year, and particularly into 2007, which should then see the cost-income ratio move downwards once again.

 

“Credit quality remains at its best level in over a decade, with a 19% reduction in Net Specific Provisions and a 23% reduction in Non-Accrual Loans.  With 14 years of uninterrupted growth in Australia, while the environment remains benign, it would not be surprising for credit standards in the market to reflect a false sense of security, so it is important we remain vigilant,” he said.

 

Business Performance

 

Commenting on each of the business divisions, Mr McFarlane said: “Geographically, the highlight was Australia, with earnings* up 14% in the year.  New Zealand was up 11% on the same basis, benefiting from a full 12 months of The National Bank of New Zealand this year, versus 10 months the previous year.

 


*      Excluding non-core items - significant items and NBNZ incremental integration costs

 

2



 

“Most divisions produced double-digit earnings growth.  Personal Banking Australia was particularly strong, up 15% on the year, with Corporate Australia at 10%, and Esanda 11%.  Institutional had a respectable year in the face of strong competition up 8%, building momentum after several years focusing on risk reduction.

 

“Our Personal division in Australia benefited from strong performances by the individual businesses.  Credit card balances grew 21% in the year, mortgages 14%, and deposits 10%.  We were the only major bank to increase share in retail deposits.  The momentum in Personal is quite remarkable given ANZ’s heritage as a corporate bank.  We continue to build upon our commitment to convenience and simplicity, with 15 new branches opening during the year.

 

“Institutional is in a stage of reinvigorating its business following a number of years of relatively flat earnings and asset growth, as a consequence of a comprehensive de-risking program.  Lending and deposits growth of 15% and 10% respectively, supported by solid non-interest income growth in the second half, give me confidence that we are on track to regain our number one position in this segment.

 

“In New Zealand, the NBNZ franchise showed solid progress, however the extremely competitive environment coupled with increased spending to stabilise the ANZ retail business, subdued the result.  Integration is on track and will virtually be complete by the end of 2005 allowing our focus to be on leveraging the benefits of market leadership externally.  The run off of historical conduit transactions in 2006 will subdue the New Zealand geographic performance in the year ahead.

 

“Corporate Australia performed well, with good growth coming from the innovative Wall Street to Main Street strategy, however the exceptional asset growth in Business Banking has begun to slow.

 

“Underlying performance in Asia Pacific remains strong.  The 2005 growth rate is distorted by the benefit of one-off earnings in PT Panin bank in 2004.  We have continued to expand in the region, with new partnerships in Vietnam and Cambodia, and our negotiations in China are now at an advanced stage.

 

“Esanda continued to deliver consistent earnings growth in an increasingly competitive environment.  Australia performed particularly well but was offset by the impact of restructuring UDC franchise agreements during the year,”  Mr McFarlane said.

 

Growth and Transformation

 

Commenting on the new Growth and Transformation agenda and related internal targets announced earlier in the year, Mr McFarlane said: “ANZ has now had seven years of consistent performance.  This has partly been as a result of our ability to set stretch targets and to deliver against them.

 

“We have now set ourselves the task of becoming Australasia’s leading bank.

 

“New internal financial targets have been established for the next several years of 7% to 9% annual revenue growth and a reduction, over time, in the cost-income ratio to 40%.

 

“Over the past few years, we have strengthened our strategic position and have increased share.  We now have the second largest personal customer base across Australia and New Zealand, and are unique in our positioning and experience in Asia.

 

“We have the highest personal customer satisfaction of the major banks.  Staff engagement is the highest of the major companies in Australia.  Our community programs are also beginning to differentiate us.  At the same time, we delivered a strong Total Shareholder Return of 33% over the past year together with a conservative risk profile and continued world-class efficiency levels.

 

3



 

“Notwithstanding the higher investment spending in the past year, going forward, we will continue to invest in faster growth segments.  In the near term, we expect Australia will continue to drive our growth, with good momentum in our major divisions. In the medium term, we expect New Zealand will deliver improved returns, and over the longer term Asia will become increasingly meaningful.

 

“At the same time, we will become leaner, sharper, more agile, and more externally focused.  We are well advanced in a program to achieve this, including realising the benefits of New Zealand integration, reducing back office costs through process redesign and leveraging our capability in Bangalore, increased automation, and simplifying our technology architecture to improve speed to market.  Important also is leveraging our unique performance culture and values.  These and other steps give us confidence that we will achieve our stated targets,” Mr McFarlane said.

 

Outlook

 

“The economic environment in Australia, New Zealand and internationally, remains supportive of reasonable earnings growth in the medium term, despite the softening associated with more stable housing and high oil prices.

 

“System credit growth in 2006 is likely to remain around 9% to 10%, and while it would be prudent to remain cautious about margins, we do not expect last year’s unusual margin decline to be repeated in 2006.

 

“The coming year will also see the full impact from the run-off of certain structured finance transactions and the end of transitional tax relief benefits in the ING Australia joint venture.

 

“The year ahead will see the full year cost impact from our investment program however, we expect the revenue benefits will start to emerge more fully, delivering good momentum into the following year.

 

“Despite these factors, all in all, the environment in 2006 should be broadly similar to that in 2005, enabling us to produce continued good results in the year ahead,” Mr McFarlane said.

 

 

For media enquiries, contact:

 

For analyst enquiries, contact:

 

 

 

Paul Edwards

 

Stephen Higgins

Head of Group Media Relations

 

Head of Investor Relations

Tel: 03-9273 6955 or 0409-655 550

 

Tel: 03-9273 4185 or 0417-379 170

Email:  paul.edwards@anz.com

 

Email:  higgins@anz.com

 

4



 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

Net Profit

 

 

 

Half
year
Sep 05

 

Half
year
Mar 05

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Mar 05

 

Full
year
Sep 05

 

Full
year
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Net interest income

 

2,945

 

2,853

 

3

%

5,798

 

5,254

 

10

%

Other operating income

 

1,848

 

1,704

 

8

%

3,552

 

3,391

 

5

%

Operating income

 

4,793

 

4,557

 

5

%

9,350

 

8,645

 

8

%

Operating expenses

 

(2,315

)

(2,200

)

5

%

(4,515

)

(4,026

)

12

%

Profit before debt provision

 

2,478

 

2,357

 

5

%

4,835

 

4,619

 

5

%

Provision for doubtful debts

 

(296

)

(284

)

4

%

(580

)

(632

)

-8

%

Profit before income tax

 

2,182

 

2,073

 

5

%

4,255

 

3,987

 

7

%

Income tax expense

 

(637

)

(597

)

7

%

(1,234

)

(1,168

)

6

%

Outside equity interests

 

(2

)

(1

)

100

%

(3

)

(4

)

-25

%

Net profit attributable to shareholders of the Company

 

1,543

 

1,475

 

5

%

3,018

 

2,815

 

7

%

 

Significant items(1) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(2) in the profit and loss

 

 

 

Half
year
Sep 05

 

Half
year
Mar 05

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Mar 05

 

Full
year
Sep 05

 

Full
year
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

Significant items

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

TrUEPrS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swap income

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

110

 

-100

%

Interest

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

2

 

-100

%

Income tax expense

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

(28

)

-100

%

Cash dividends(3)

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

Gain on sale of NBNZ Life(1),(4)

 

14

 

 

n/a

 

14

 

 

n/a

 

Gain on finalising INGA completion accounts after tax(1),(4)

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

14

 

-100

%

Total significant items

 

14

 

 

n/a

 

14

 

98

 

-86

%

NBNZ incremental integration costs after tax(2),(5)

 

(35

)

(17

)

large

 

(52

)

(14

)

large

 

 

 

(21

)

(17

)

24

%

(38

)

84

 

large

 

 

Profit excluding significant items(1) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(2) in the profit and loss

 

 

 

Half
year
Sep 05

 

Half
year
Mar 05

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Mar 05

 

Full
year
Sep 05

 

Full
year
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Net interest income

 

2,945

 

2,853

 

3

%

5,798

 

5,252

 

10

%

Other operating income

 

1,834

 

1,704

 

8

%

3,538

 

3,267

 

8

%

Operating income

 

4,779

 

4,557

 

5

%

9,336

 

8,519

 

10

%

Operating expenses

 

(2,262

)

(2,175

)

4

%

(4,437

)

(4,005

)

11

%

Profit before debt provision

 

2,517

 

2,382

 

6

%

4,899

 

4,514

 

9

%

Provision for doubtful debts

 

(296

)

(284

)

4

%

(580

)

(632

)

-8

%

Profit before income tax

 

2,221

 

2,098

 

6

%

4,319

 

3,882

 

11

%

Income tax expense

 

(655

)

(605

)

8

%

(1,260

)

(1,147

)

10

%

Outside equity interests

 

(2

)

(1

)

100

%

(3

)

(4

)

-25

%

Net profit excluding significant items and NBNZ incremental integration costs

 

1,564

 

1,492

 

5

%

3,056

 

2,731

 

12

%

 


(1)  In 2005 ANZ has classified $14 million after tax profit on the sale of NBNZ life businesses as a significant item. In 2004 ANZ has classified the $14 million profit after tax on settlement of the INGA completion accounts and $84 million net profit after tax arising from the TrUEPrS transaction as significant items. ANZ excludes significant items to eliminate the distorting effect of one-off transactions on the results of its core business (refer page 12)

(2)  In 2005 ANZ has incurred $52 million after tax NBNZ incremental integration costs (2004 full year: $14 million; Sept 2005 half: $35 million; Mar 2005 half: $17 million). NBNZ incremental integration costs are excluded to enable analysis of the cost base following completion of the integration (refer page 12)

(3)  Dividends on TrUEPrS preference shares treated as significant items (2005: $nil; 2004: $36 million) do not impact net profit, but do impact earnings per share

(4)  Tax on gain on INGA completion accounts: $nil. Tax on gain on sale of NBNZ Life: $nil

(5)  Tax on incremental NBNZ integration costs: $26 million (2004 full year: $7 million; Sept 2005 half: $18 million; Mar 2005 half: $8 million)

 

5



 

Earnings per share(1)

 

 

 

Half
year
Sep 05

 

Half
year
Mar 05

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Mar 05

 

Full
year
Sep 05

 

Full
year
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Earnings per ordinary share (cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per ordinary share (basic)

 

82.0

 

78.8

 

4

%

160.9

 

153.1

 

5

%

Earnings per ordinary share (diluted)

 

80.4

 

76.9

 

5

%

157.5

 

149.7

 

5

%

Earnings per ordinary share (basic) excluding significant items(2) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(3)

 

83.2

 

79.8

 

4

%

163.0

 

150.4

 

8

%

Earnings per ordinary share (basic) excluding significant items(2) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(3) and goodwill amortisation

 

89.4

 

85.9

 

4

%

175.2

 

161.1

 

9

%

 

Net profit by business unit

 

 

 

Half
year
Sep 05

 

Half
year
Mar 05

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Mar 05

 

Full
year
Sep 05

 

Full
year
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Net profit after income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personal Banking Australia

 

528

 

485

 

9

%

1,013

 

883

 

15

%

Institutional

 

471

 

452

 

4

%

923

 

857

 

8

%

New Zealand Businesses

 

307

 

307

 

0

%

614

 

513

 

20

%

Corporate Australia

 

192

 

184

 

4

%

376

 

341

 

10

%

Esanda and UDC

 

82

 

77

 

6

%

159

 

143

 

11

%

Asia Pacific

 

47

 

48

 

-2

%

95

 

111

 

-14

%

Group Centre

 

(63

)

(61

)

3

%

(124

)

(117

)

6

%

Net profit (excl significant items(2) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(3))

 

1,564

 

1,492

 

5

%

3,056

 

2,731

 

12

%

Significant items(2) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(3)

 

(21

)

(17

)

24

%

(38

)

84

 

large

 

Net profit

 

1,543

 

1,475

 

5

%

3,018

 

2,815

 

7

%

 

Net profit by geography

 

 

 

Half
year
Sep 05

 

Half
year
Mar 05

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Mar 05

 

Full
year
Sep 05

 

Full
year
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Australia(2)

 

1,108

 

1,051

 

5

%

2,159

 

1,886

 

14

%

New Zealand(2), (3), (4)

 

280

 

286

 

-2

%

566

 

509

 

11

%

Asia Pacific

 

100

 

84

 

19

%

184

 

191

 

-4

%

Other

 

76

 

71

 

7

%

147

 

145

 

1

%

Net profit excluding significant items(2) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(3)

 

1,564

 

1,492

 

5

%

3,056

 

2,731

 

12

%

Significant items(2) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(3)

 

(21

)

(17

)

24

%

(38

)

84

 

large

 

Net profit

 

1,543

 

1,475

 

5

%

3,018

 

2,815

 

7

%

 


(1)  Refer page 74 for details of calculation

(2)  In 2005 ANZ has classified $14 million after tax profit on the sale of NBNZ life businesses as a significant item. In 2004 ANZ has classified the $14 million profit after tax on settlement of the INGA completion accounts, $84 million net profit after tax and $36 million dividends arising from the TrUEPrS transaction as significant items. ANZ excludes significant items to eliminate the distorting effect of one-off transactions on the results of its core business (refer page 12)

(3)  In 2005 ANZ has incurred $52 million after tax NBNZ incremental integration costs (2004 full year: $14 million; Sept 2005 half: $35 million; Mar 2005 half: $17 million). NBNZ incremental integration costs are excluded to enable analysis of the cost base following completion of the integration

(4)  New Zealand includes only 10 months of NBNZ in 2004. Adjusted for this (refer page 28) year on year growth was 5%

 

6



 

Statement of Financial Position

 

 

 

As at
Sep 05

 

As at
Mar 05

 

As at
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Mar 05

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

%

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

11,600

 

8,855

 

6,363

 

31

%

82

%

Due from other financial institutions

 

6,348

 

6,428

 

4,781

 

-1

%

33

%

Trading and investment securities

 

13,226

 

12,853

 

13,224

 

3

%

0

%

Net loans and advances including acceptances

 

244,401

 

231,480

 

217,428

 

6

%

12

%

Other

 

17,610

 

18,233

 

17,549

 

-3

%

0

%

Total assets

 

293,185

 

277,849

 

259,345

 

6

%

13

%

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

12,027

 

10,056

 

7,349

 

20

%

64

%

Deposits and other borrowings

 

185,693

 

180,410

 

168,557

 

3

%

10

%

Liability for acceptances

 

13,449

 

12,922

 

12,466

 

4

%

8

%

Bonds and notes

 

39,073

 

32,321

 

27,602

 

21

%

42

%

Other

 

23,455

 

23,132

 

25,446

 

1

%

-8

%

Total liabilities

 

273,697

 

258,841

 

241,420

 

6

%

13

%

Total shareholders equity

 

19,488

 

19,008

 

17,925

 

3

%

9

%

 

Net loans and advances including acceptances by business unit

 

 

 

As at
Sep 05

 

As at
Mar 05

 

As at
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Mar 05

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personal Banking Australia

 

104,119

 

97,807

 

91,207

 

6

%

14

%

Institutional

 

48,080

 

46,041

 

41,889

 

4

%

15

%

New Zealand Businesses

 

55,144

 

52,093

 

49,967

 

6

%

10

%

Corporate Australia

 

21,158

 

19,877

 

19,010

 

6

%

11

%

Esanda and UDC

 

14,280

 

13,813

 

13,588

 

3

%

5

%

Asia Pacific

 

1,806

 

1,644

 

1,557

 

10

%

16

%

Other(1)

 

(186

)

205

 

210

 

large

 

large

 

Net loans and advances including acceptances

 

244,401

 

231,480

 

217,428

 

6

%

12

%

 


(1)  Includes Group Centre provision for doubtful debts balance

 

Deposits and other borrowings by business unit

 

 

 

As at
Sep 05

 

As at
Mar 05

 

As at
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Mar 05

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personal Banking Australia

 

42,077

 

39,868

 

38,416

 

6

%

10

%

Institutional

 

29,663

 

29,775

 

26,984

 

0

%

10

%

New Zealand Businesses

 

46,078

 

46,470

 

43,003

 

-1

%

7

%

Corporate Australia

 

18,000

 

17,023

 

16,125

 

6

%

12

%

Esanda and UDC

 

12,907

 

12,167

 

11,857

 

6

%

9

%

Asia Pacific

 

5,602

 

5,305

 

5,123

 

6

%

9

%

Other

 

31,366

 

29,802

 

27,049

 

5

%

16

%

Deposits and other borrowings

 

185,693

 

180,410

 

168,557

 

3

%

10

%

 

7



 

Financial Ratios

 

 

 

Half
year
Sep 05

 

Half
year
Mar 05

 

Full
year
Sep 05

 

Full
year
Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EVATM(1)

 

985

 

926

 

1,911

 

1,750

 

Profitability ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average ordinary shareholders’ equity(2),(3)

 

17.4

%

17.2

%

17.3

%

18.1

%

Average ordinary shareholders’ equity(2),(3) (excluding significant
items(4) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(5))

 

17.6

%

17.4

%

17.5

%

17.8

%

Average ordinary shareholders’ equity(2),(3) (excluding goodwill amortisation, notional goodwill, significant items(4) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(5))

 

18.9

%

18.7

%

18.8

%

19.1

%

Average assets

 

1.06

%

1.10

%

1.08

%

1.16

%

Average risk weighted assets

 

1.43

%

1.46

%

1.45

%

1.54

%

Total income(3)

 

13.6

%

14.4

%

14.0

%

15.5

%

Net interest average margin

 

2.30

%

2.40

%

2.35

%

2.49

%

Profit per average FTE ($)

 

50,574

 

50,426

 

100,997

 

102,933

 

Efficiency ratios(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses(6) to operating income (excluding significant items(4) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(5))

 

45.4

%

45.8

%

45.6

%

45.3

%

Operating expenses(6) to operating income

 

46.4

%

46.3

%

46.4

%

44.9

%

Operating expenses(6) (excluding significant items(4) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(5)) to average assets

 

1.50

%

1.55

%

1.52

%

1.59

%

Operating expenses(6) to average assets

 

1.53

%

1.57

%

1.55

%

1.60

%

Debt provisioning

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Economic loss provisioning ($M)

 

296

 

284

 

580

 

632

 

Net specific provisions ($M)

 

206

 

151

 

357

 

443

 

Ordinary share dividends (cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim - 100% franked (Mar 04: 100% franked)

 

n/a

 

51

 

51

 

47

 

Final - 100% franked (Sep 04: 100% franked)

 

59

 

n/a

 

59

 

54

 

Ordinary share dividend payout ratio(7)

 

71.9

%

64.7

%

68.4

%

67.5

%

Ordinary share dividend payout ratio(7) excluding goodwill, significant
items(4) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(5)

 

66.0

%

59.4

%

62.8

%

64.1

%

Preference share dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend paid ($M)

 

46

 

38

 

84

 

98

 

 


(1)  EVATM refers to Economic Value Added, a measure of shareholder value. See page 20 for a reconciliation of EVATM to reported net profit and a discussion of EVATM and an explanation of its usefulness as a performance measure

(2)  Average ordinary shareholders’ equity excludes outside equity interests

(3)  Excludes preference share dividend

(4)  In 2005 ANZ has classified $14 million after tax profit on the sale of NBNZ life businesses as a significant item. In 2004 ANZ has classified the $14 million profit after tax on settlement of the INGA completion accounts, $84 million net profit after tax and $36 million dividends arising from the TrUEPrS transaction as significant items. ANZ excludes significant items to eliminate the distorting effect of one-off transactions on the results of its core business (refer page 12)

(5)  In 2005 ANZ has incurred $52 million after tax NBNZ incremental integration costs (2004 full year: $14 million; Sept 2005 half: $35 million; Mar 2005 half: $17 million). NBNZ incremental integration costs are excluded to enable analysis of the cost base following completion of the integration

(6)  Operating expenses exclude goodwill amortisation

(7)  Dividend payout ratio is calculated using the proposed final dividend as at 30 September 2005 and the 31 March 2005, 30 September 2004 and 31 March 2004 dividends

 

8



 

 

 

As at
Sep 05

 

As at
Mar 05

 

As at
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Mar 05

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

Net Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net tangible assets(1) per ordinary share ($)

 

8.05

 

7.69

 

7.51

 

5

%

7

%

Net tangible assets(1) attributable to ordinary shareholders ($M)

 

14,705

 

14,014

 

13,651

 

5

%

8

%

Total number of ordinary shares (M)

 

1,826.4

 

1,822.7

 

1,818.4

 

0

%

0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital adequacy ratio (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1

 

6.9

%

7.0

%

6.9

%

 

 

 

 

Tier 2

 

3.9

%

3.6

%

4.0

%

 

 

 

 

Total capital ratio

 

10.5

%

10.3

%

10.4

%

 

 

 

 

Adjusted common equity ratio(2)

 

5.1

%

5.1

%

5.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General provision ($M)

 

2,167

 

2,080

 

1,992

 

4

%

9

%

General provision as a % of risk weighted assets

 

0.99

%

0.99

%

1.01

%

0

%

-2

%

Gross non-accrual loans ($M)

 

642

 

640

 

829

 

0

%

-23

%

Specific provisions on non-accrual loans(3) ($M)

 

(256

)

(314

)

(378

)

-18

%

-32

%

Net non-accrual loans

 

386

 

326

 

451

 

18

%

-14

%

Specific provision(3) as a % of total non-accrual loans

 

39.9

%

49.1

%

45.6

%

-19

%

-13

%

Gross non-accrual loans as % of net advances

 

0.26

%

0.28

%

0.38

%

-7

%

-32

%

Net non-accrual loans as a % of net advances

 

0.16

%

0.14

%

0.21

%

14

%

-24

%

Net non-accrual loans as a % of shareholders’ equity(4)

 

2.0

%

1.7

%

2.5

%

18

%

-20

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Full time equivalent staff (FTEs)

 

30,976

 

29,832

 

28,755

 

4

%

8

%

Assets per FTE ($M)

 

9.5

 

9.3

 

9.0

 

2

%

6

%

Market capitalisation of ordinary shares ($M)

 

43,834

 

37,584

 

34,586

 

17

%

27

%

 


(1)  Equals Shareholders’ equity less preference share capital, outside equity interest and unamortised goodwill

(2)  Adjusted common equity is calculated as Tier 1 capital less preference shares at current rates and deductions from total capital. This measure is commonly used to assess the adequacy of common equity held. See page 81 for a reconciliation to Tier 1 capital

(3)  Excludes specific provision on unproductive facilities

(4)  Includes outside equity interest

 

9



 

This page has been left blank intentionally

 

10


 


 

RESULTS COMMENTARY

 

2005 result

 

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZ, or the Group) recorded a profit after tax of $3,018 million for the year ended 30 September 2005, an increase of 7% over the September 2004 year.  After excluding significant items and National Bank of New Zealand (NBNZ) incremental integration costs referred to on page 12, profit increased 12% to $3,056 million.

 

Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share (EPS) increased 5.1% (7.8 cents) to 160.9 cents, whilst EPS excluding significant items and NBNZ incremental integration costs and goodwill amortisation increased 8.8% (14.1 cents) to 175.2 cents as a result of:

 

      Profit growth (+19.0 cents).

      The issuance of shares under the dividend reinvestment and bonus option plans and employee share option schemes net of shares bought back (-0.5 cents).

      The issuance of shares under the 2 for 11 rights issue in November 2003 (-4.4 cents).  This was offset by increased profit following the acquisition of NBNZ, which was EPS accretive in its first year.  However, with integration largely complete, it is no longer possible to distinguish the contributions from the previous ANZ and NBNZ businesses in New Zealand.

 

Profit growth

 

Profit excluding significant items in Australia increased 14% with growth in Personal Banking Australia (15%), Corporate Australia (10%), Esanda (15%), and the Australian component of Institutional (8%).  The Group Centre result improved principally from the cessation of the Group Centre charge for doubtful debts.  Profit excluding significant items and NBNZ incremental integrations costs in New Zealand increased 11% due to a 4% appreciation in the average NZD exchange rate and a full 12 months contribution from the NBNZ businesses following acquisition.  Adjusting for these items, profit in New Zealand increased 1% with growth impacted by intense competition in the mortgage market and the decision to exit certain structured finance transactions.  Profit in Asia Pacific reduced 4%, impacted by lower earnings from PT Panin Bank and lower Treasury earnings in Singapore. Profit in the UK and US was flat reflecting reduced earnings associated with the sale of the London headquartered project finance business.

 

Profit drivers

 

Profit after tax increased 7% over the 2004 year, 12% after excluding significant items and NBNZ incremental integration costs, and 10% after also adjusting the 2004 year for an additional two months contribution from NBNZ.  Significant influences on the result include:

 

Net interest 10%
Excl significant items* 10%
Adjusted for NBNZ**
8%

 

Net interest income was driven by lending growth of 12%, particularly in Mortgages (14%), and deposit growth in Personal Banking Australia (10%) and Corporate Australia (12%). Volume growth was partly offset by a 14 basis point decline in margin. The investment of the proceeds from the December 2004 Euro hybrid issue increased net interest by $21 million ($14 million after tax) but is EPS neutral.

 

 

 

Other income 5%
Excl significant items* 8%
Adjusted for NBNZ**
7%

 

Other income growth was driven by volume from growth in fees, higher foreign exchange income, notably in the Pacific, and increased private equity earnings. These increases were offset by reduced profit on trading securities with a higher proportion of income booked as interest. Income from significant items reduced with the 2004 year including $110 million swap income on the redemption of TrUEPrS.

 

 

 

Operating expenses 12%
Excl significant items* 11%
Adjusted for NBNZ**
8%

 

Operating expense increases were driven by an 8% increase in staff numbers with investment in growth initiatives, an increased marketing spend and higher compliance costs.

 

 

 

Doubtful Debts 8%
Excl significant items* 8%
Adjusted for NBNZ** 10%

 

The reduction in provision for doubtful debts reflected the Group’s strengthening risk profile and a reduced Group Centre charge for offshore losses.

 

 

 

Income tax 6%
Excl significant items* 10%
Adjusted for NBNZ**
7%

 

The increase in tax expense is broadly in line with growth in profit before tax. The effective tax rate reduced slightly from 29.3% to 29.0%.

 

 

 

Exchange rates 1%

 

The appreciation of the AUD has resulted in a $30 million decrease in the contribution from earnings denominated in foreign currencies (net of a $40 million reduction in profit after tax on contracts put in place to hedge USD and NZD revenues).

 


*

Excludes significant and NBNZ incremental integration costs. Refer footnotes 1 & 2 on page 5 for an explanation

**

Excludes significant items and NBNZ incremental integration costs. 2004 adjusted for an additional two months contribution from NBNZ (refer page 28)

 

 

11



 

Asset quality

 

Asset quality continued to improve:

 

      Net specific provisions reduced 19% to $357 million with the reduction principally in Institutional.  This represented a loss rate of 15 basis points compared to the ELP charge of 25 basis points.

      Net non-accrual loans reduced 14% to $386 million with lower levels of new non-accrual loans and the realisation of two large power exposures in the US.

      The ELP rate reduced 6 basis points over the year in line with the Group’s strengthening risk profile.  The Group Centre charge for offshore losses reduced by $41 million (2 basis points) and the ELP rate reduced in all business units over the September 2004 year reflecting lower risk.

 

Comparison with March 2005 half

 

The Group recorded a profit after tax of $1,543 million for the half year ended 30 September 2005, an increase of 5% over the March 2005 half.  Profit excluding significant items and NBNZ incremental integration costs increased 5% to $1,564 million.

 

Basic earnings per share increased 4.1% (3.2 cents) to 82.0 cents.  Earnings per share excluding significant items and NBNZ incremental integration costs and goodwill amortisation increased 4.1% (3.5 cents) to 89.4 cents.

 

Profit in Australia increased 5% driven by 9% growth in Personal Banking Australia and 4% growth in Corporate Australia.  Profit in New Zealand reduced 4%, or 2% after excluding significant items and NBNZ incremental integration costs, due largely to a 2% reduction in Institutional offsetting higher profit in UDC.  Profit in New Zealand businesses was flat.  Profit in the Asia Pacific geographies increased 19%, other geographies increased 7%.

 

Asset quality remained stable with gross non-accrual loans increasing only $2 million to $642 million and ELP remaining unchanged at 25 basis points.  Net specific provisions increased 36% from the low provisioning levels reported in the March half, with increases in Australia and New Zealand partly offset by recoveries overseas.

 

Significant items and NBNZ incremental integration costs

 

      Significant items

 

Significant items in the profit and loss are those items that management believe do not form part of the core business and, as such, should be removed from profit when analysing the core business performance.  The following are considered significant items:

 

      Sale of NBNZ Life (2005 year)

 

On 30 September 2005 ANZ National sold the NBNZ Life and Funds Management businesses into a joint venture with ING.  Profit after tax on sale of $14 million was recognised.  (Refer page 29 for further details)

 

      INGA completion account profit (2004 year)

 

In 2004 ANZ finalised the completion accounts on the sale of ANZ Funds Management and insurance businesses to INGA.  This sale occurred in 2002.  The final settlement of this transaction resulted in a $14 million after tax profit.

 

      TrUEPrS (2004 year)

 

During 2004 the Group bought back TrUEPrS, a hybrid Tier 1 instrument.  Previously deferred income that was earned on close out of interest rate swaps that had been hedging the TrUEPrS distributions was recognised in profit.  The impact of TrUEPrS, being the release of deferred swap income of $108 million before tax and $2 million other swap income, the $36 million periodic and final cash dividends paid to holders of TrUEPrS, and the funding benefit from holding TrUEPrS for part of the 2004 year, have been classified as significant items.

 

      NBNZ incremental integration costs

 

Expenditure on the integration of ANZ National Bank includes both the reallocation of existing resources to integration and incremental integration costs.  Incremental costs are those costs that will not recur once integration is complete and thus do not form part of the core ongoing cost base.  During the 2005 year $52 million after tax (2004 full year: $14 million; Sep 2005 half: $35 million; Mar 2005: $17 million) or $78 million before tax (2004 full year: $21 million; Sep 2005 half: $53 million; Mar 2005 half: $25 million) of incremental integration costs were incurred.

 

12



 

Income and expenses

 

Net Interest

 

 

 

Half
year
Sep 05

 

Half
year
Mar 05

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Mar 05

 

Full
year
Sep 05

 

Full
year
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income ($M)

 

2,945

 

2,853

 

3

%

5,798

 

5,254

 

10

%

Net interest average margin (%)

 

2.30

 

2.40

 

n/a

 

2.35

 

2.49

 

n/a

 

Average interest earning assets ($M)

 

256,604

 

239,959

 

7

%

248,304

 

212,153

 

17

%

 

      2005 result

 

Net interest income at $5,798 million was 10% ($544 million) higher than the 2004 year with an additional two months from NBNZ contributing $137 million.

 

Volume

 

Average net loans and advances grew by $33.3 billion (18%) with growth attributable to Personal Banking Australia ($12.9 billion or 15% with $11.2 billion in Mortgages), Institutional Australia ($5.6 billion or 27%), Corporate Australia ($2.0 billion or 16%) and New Zealand ($12.6 billion or 26%) including exchange rate impacts from a stronger New Zealand dollar ($1.8 billion) and the first full year from NBNZ.  Average net loans and advances reduced by $0.7 billion (7%) in Overseas Markets as a result of the strategy to reduce higher risk exposures and the exchange rate impact of an appreciating Australian dollar ($0.3 billion). 

 

Average deposits and other borrowings grew $21.0 billion (13%) with growth in Treasury ($4.4 billion) to fund asset growth, Personal Banking Australia ($3.7 billion or 10%), Institutional Australia ($3.0 billion or 18%), and Corporate Australia ($1.6 billion or 10%).  Average deposits and other borrowings increased in New Zealand ($9.0 billion or 20%), driven by Treasury ($2.6 billion) and exchange rate impacts ($1.7 billion).  Average deposits and other borrowings declined ($2.0 billion or 9%) in Overseas Markets, reflecting the substitution of offshore commercial paper issuance with domestic certificates of deposit, and a $0.9 billion reduction resulting from exchange rate movements.

 

Margin

 

Net interest average margin contracted by 14 basis points from the 2004 year:

 

      Funding mix (-3 basis points)

 

Changes in the funding mix reduced the net interest margin by 3 basis points due to substitution of wholesale funding for customer deposits (3 basis points), with offsetting impacts from movements in customer deposit mix and an increase in net non-interest bearing interest items.

 

      Asset mix (-3 basis points)

 

Movements in the composition of assets in the portfolio negatively impacted the net interest margin by 3 basis points.  This reflects growth in lower yielding Mortgage and Institutional assets (1 basis point) and declining proportions of higher yielding Asset Finance, Corporate and Structured Financing and Consumer Finance (3 basis points) lending, partly offset by a decline in liquid assets (-1 basis point).

 

      Competition (-7 basis points)

 

Competitive pressures reduced margins by 7 basis points with this impact arising mainly in Mortgages (particularly in New Zealand), Institutional, Esanda and higher yielding customer deposits, plus migration of customers to lower yielding credit cards and New Zealand fixed rate mortgages (2 basis points).

 

      Wholesale rates (nil)

 

Wholesale rate movements had offsetting impacts with less basis risk in variable rate mortgages and credit cards (1 basis point) and increased earnings from the investment of capital and rate insensitive deposits (3 basis points), offset by reduced Treasury mismatch earnings (4 basis points).

 

      Other items (-1 basis point) include:

 

      increased retail broker payments (-1 basis point)

      reduced earnings from foreign exchange revenue hedging (-3 basis points)

      lower funding costs associated with unrealised trading gains decreased as a result of movements in the AUD.  This increase (+1 basis point) is reflected in the net interest margin, however it is directly offset by an equivalent reduction in trading incom

      reduced interest forgone on non-accrual loans (+1 basis point)

      increased proportion of credit cards earning interest (+1 basis point)

 

13



 

      Comparison with March 2005 half

 

Net interest increased $92 million (3%).

 

Volume

 

Average net loans and advances grew by $12.9 billion (6%) with growth in Australia attributable to Personal Banking Australia ($6.5 billion or 7% with Mortgages contributing $5.4 billion), Institutional ($2.3 billion) and Corporate Australia ($0.7 billion).  New Zealand’s average net loans and advances increased by $3.6 billion (6%) with minimal impacts from exchange rate movements.  Average net loans and advances reduced by $0.6 billion (6%) in Overseas Markets due to de-risking, with no significant impacts from movements in exchange rates.

 

Average deposits and other borrowings increased $6.5 billion (4%) from growth in Personal Banking Australia ($1.5 billion), Institutional ($2.7 billion) and Corporate Australia ($0.7 billion).  Average deposits and other borrowings increased $0.5 billion in New Zealand, and a further $0.8 billion in Overseas Markets.

 

Margin

 

Net interest average margin contracted by 10 basis points:

 

      Asset mix (-2 basis points).

 

Lower proportions of higher yielding assets in Asset Finance and Corporate and Structured Financing reduced margin by 2 basis points.

 

      Funding mix (-3 basis points).

 

Higher proportions of more expensive wholesale and customer liabilities (-2 basis points) within the portfolio and falling levels of net non-interest bearing interest items (-1 basis point) contributed to a decline in net interest margin.

 

      Wholesale rates (+1 basis point)

 

Increased income on the investment of capital and rate insensitive deposits (+1 basis point), was partly offset by lower Treasury mismatch earnings.

 

Wholesale rate impacts from the funding of variable rate mortgages were unchanged during the half to September 2005 due to a relatively stable short end of the yield curve.

 

      Competition (-4 basis points)

 

Competitive pressures reduced margins (-4 basis points) with this impact arising mainly in Mortgages (particularly in New Zealand) and Institutional lending with slight margin reductions in Corporate, Business Banking and Rural portfolios.  In addition customer migration to lower yielding credit cards and New Zealand fixed rate mortgages (-1 basis point) reduced the net interest margin (-1 basis point).

 

      Other (-2 basis points)

 

      Funding costs associated with unrealised trading gains increased as a result of movements in the AUD.  This decrease in interest income is reflected in the net interest margin, however it is directly offset by an equivalent increase in trading income.

 

14



 

Other Operating Income

 

 

 

Half
year
Sep 05

 

Half
year
Mar 05

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Mar 05

 

Full
year
Sep 05

 

Full
year
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fee income

 

1,354

 

1,262

 

7

%

2,616

 

2,421

 

8

%

Foreign exchange earnings

 

233

 

221

 

5

%

454

 

411

 

10

%

Profit on trading instruments

 

94

 

40

 

large

 

134

 

151

 

-11

%

Other

 

153

 

181

 

-15

%

334

 

284

 

18

%

Total other income excluding significant items

 

1,834

 

1,704

 

8

%

3,538

 

3,267

 

8

%

Significant items(1)

 

14

 

 

n/a

 

14

 

124

 

-89

%

Total other income

 

1,848

 

1,704

 

8

%

3,552

 

3,391

 

5

%

 


(1)  Refer page 12

 

      2005 result

Other operating income increased $161 million (5%) or $271 million (8%) after excluding significant items (refer page 12 for details), with an additional two months contribution from NBNZ in 2005 of $53 million (refer page 28 for details).  The following explanations exclude significant items:

 

      Fee income increased $195 million (8%) including $37 million from the additional two months contribution from NBNZ.

      Lending fee income increased $41 million (4%):

      The additional two months contribution from NBNZ was $10 million.

      Personal Banking Australia increased $12 million (7%) with volume related increases in Consumer Finance and increased package registration and honour fees in Banking Products.

      Corporate Australia increased $13 million (6%) driven by increased lending volumes.

      Asia Pacific increased $4 million (20%) due to increases in loan approval fees in Kiribati, Fiji and Tonga as a result of lending growth.

      Esanda and UDC increased $2 million (5%) due primarily to the full year impact of changes in the fee structure for business lending made in February 2004.

      Institutional decreased $3 million (1%) with a $7 million reduction in Client Relationship Group due to lower commercial bill fee income as a result of lower volumes and bill margins, offset by a $3 million increase in Trade and Transaction Services from expansion in trade business and a $3 million increase in structured debt fees in Corporate and Structured Financing.

      Non-lending fee income increased $154 million (11%):

      The additional two months contribution from NBNZ was $27 million.

      Personal Banking Australia increased $70 million (12%) with a $31 million (8%) increase in Consumer Finance driven by volume growth, a rise in cross sell initiatives and higher Bpay revenue.  Wealth Management increased $21 million (29%) as a result of increased income generated by financial planners.  Banking Products increased $16 million (14%) driven by an uplift in account service and transaction fees with growth in the number of transaction accounts.

      Institutional increased $24 million (7%).  Corporate and Structured Financing increased $18 million (17%) due to strong performances across Debt Capital Markets, Capital Solutions and advisory fees and Trade and Transaction Services increased $9 million (5%) reflecting growth in the custody business.

      New Zealand increased $15 million after adjusting for the additional two months contribution from NBNZ ($27 million) mainly as a result of the appreciation in the NZD.

      Esanda and UDC grew $12 million (27%) with an emphasis on generating revenue through the provision of value-added fleet management services and higher predetermination fees from improved collection rates.

 

Movements in exchange rates over 2004 increased fee income growth by $10 million.

 

      Foreign exchange earnings increased $43 million (10%) with an additional two months contribution from NBNZ ($11 million).  Markets increases were primarily driven by offshore sites, particularly in the Pacific where tourism and increased trade benefited PNG and Fiji.  Trade and Transaction Services increases were as a result of new revenue channels in Melbourne and Brisbane for international payments as well as improved volumes and spreads.

 

      Profit on trading instruments decreased $17 million (11%) with a higher proportion of income booked as interest and a higher cost of the hedge of capital investment earnings in INGA ($12 million) reflecting stronger equity markets in 2005.  This is offset in higher equity accounted income from INGA which is reported in other operating income.  The additional two months contribution from NBNZ was $2 million.

 

15



 

      Other operating income increased $50 million (18%) including the additional two months contribution from NBNZ ($3 million).

      Institutional increased $19 million with Corporate and Structuring Financing increasing $15 million due to improved private equity and infrastructure trust earnings and Markets making a $10 million gain on sale of Sydney Futures Exchange shares in 2005, offset by an $11 million reduction in Client Relationship Group due to finalisation of the sale of development properties in 2004.

      Personal Banking Australia increased $18 million (14%) with Consumer Finance increasing $7 million largely from profit sharing arrangement with Diners, Banking Products increasing $3 million due to strong equity accounted earnings from E*Trade, and Wealth Management increasing $9 million due to increased equity accounted profit from INGA reflecting stronger equity markets, growth in funds under management, a favourable claims experience and increased insurance sales through the ANZ network.

      Esanda and UDC increased $4 million mainly due to the $7 million impact of aligning the revenue recognition on leases in the New Zealand fleet business with Group accounting policies.

      Corporate Australia increased $3 million due to earnings from private equity investments reflecting the success of the “Wall St to Main St” strategy.

      Asia Pacific reduced $6 million as a result of lower equity accounted income from PT Panin Bank with lower provision adjustments included in equity accounted earnings ($15 million) and a $11 million withholding tax credit in 2004 partly offset by an improved core business performance.

 

      Movements in exchange rates increased total other income by $13 million.

 

      Comparison with March 2005 half

 

Other operating income increased $144 million (8%) or $130 million (8%) after excluding significant items (refer page 12 for details).  The following explanations exclude significant items:

 

      Fee income increased $92 million (7%).

      Lending fee income increased $27 million (5%) principally in Institutional with a $18 million increase in Corporate and Structured Financing from increased project financing fees and a $5 million increase in Personal Banking Australia as a result of a $3 million increase in Mortgages due to balance sheet growth.

      Non-lending fee income increased $65 million (9%):

      Personal Banking Australia increased $29 million (9%), of which $17 million in Consumer Finance was driven by volume growth, seasonal timing of fee income and cross sell initiatives.  Wealth Management increased $5 million due to seasonality arising from the financial year end and an increase in income generated by financial planners.  Banking Products increased $4 million driven by increased account and transaction numbers.

      Institutional increased $20 million (12%) with Trade and Transaction Services increasing $9 million (9%) reflecting an increase in structured trade deals and growth in the custody business.  Corporate and Structured Financing increased $7 million (12%) due largely to increased advisory fees.

      New Zealand increased $7 million (4%) driven by the seasonality of annual account fees.

      Corporate Australia increased $3 million (9%), which included an increase in advisory fees.

 

      Foreign exchange earnings increased $12 million (5%) primarily driven by offshore sites particularly in Fiji and PNG which experienced a good coffee season and increased mining exports.

 

      Profit on trading instruments increased $54 million due largely to a lower proportion of revenue being booked as interest due to higher funding costs associated with unrealised trading gains ($38 million).  Total income in Markets increased $11 million.

 

      Other operating income decreased $28 million (15%):

      Institutional decreased $20 million.  Corporate and Structured Financing decreased $14 million due to lower private equity and infrastructure trust earnings as well as the $4 million profit on sale of the London headquartered project finance business in the first half of 2005.  Markets decreased $9 million following a $10 million gain on sale of Sydney Futures Exchange shares in the March 2005 half.

      The Group Centre decreased $14 million including lower capital investment earnings from INGA, reflecting the impact of capital repatriations during the year.

      Asia Pacific reduced $5 million as a result of lower equity accounted income from PT Panin Bank being partially offset by a solid core business performance.

      Esanda and UDC increased $3 million mainly due to the impact of aligning the revenue recognition in New Zealand FleetPartners with Group policies.

 

      The impact of movement in exchange rates on other operating income was immaterial.

 

16



 

Expenses

 

 

 

Half
year
Sep 05

 

Half
year
Mar 05

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Mar 05

 

Full
year
Sep 05

 

Full
year
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel expenses

 

1,246

 

1,167

 

7

%

2,413

 

2,122

 

14

%

Premises expenses

 

197

 

193

 

2

%

390

 

353

 

10

%

Computer expenses

 

281

 

260

 

8

%

541

 

552

 

-2

%

Goodwill amortisation

 

90

 

89

 

1

%

179

 

146

 

23

%

Other expenses

 

426

 

439

 

-3

%

865

 

772

 

12

%

Restructuring costs

 

22

 

27

 

-19

%

49

 

60

 

-18

%

NBNZ incremental integration costs(1)

 

53

 

25

 

large

 

78

 

21

 

large

 

Total operating expenses

 

2,315

 

2,200

 

5

%

4,515

 

4,026

 

12

%

Total employees

 

30,976

 

29,832

 

4

%

30,976

 

28,755

 

8

%

 


(1)  These costs are personnel costs of $36 million (2004 full year: $9 million; Sep 2005 half: $23 million; Mar 2005 half: $13 million), computers costs of $17 million (2004 full year: $1 million; Sep 2005 half: $15 million; Mar 2005 half: $2 million), and other costs of $25 million (2004 full year: $11 million; Sep 2005 half: $15 million; Mar 2005 half: $10 million). Refer page 12 for details

 

      2005 result

 

Operating expenses increased $489 million (12%) over the 2004 year partly due to the inclusion of a full twelve month contribution from NBNZ ($111 million including additional goodwill amortisation.  Refer page 28) and increased NBNZ incremental integration costs of $57 million.

 

      Personnel expenses increased $291 million (14%) partly due to the additional two months contribution from NBNZ ($50 million).  Adjusting for this, personnel costs increased $241 million (11%) as a result of annual salary increases together with a 2,221 (8%) increase in staff, mainly in the following business units:

      Personal Banking Australia staff numbers increased by 8%.  Consumer Finance increased by 19% to deal with increased volumes and cross sell activity and higher card acquisition activity, including white labelled card initiatives.  Retail Banking increased by 6% due to 15 new branch openings, forward hire for a further 6 new branch openings in early 2006 and higher staff levels to cover increasing network volumes.  Regional Commercial and Agribusiness Products increased 5% to support the “take a fresh look” campaign.

      New Zealand Businesses increased by 6% due to the “ANZ Turnaround” program including increases in branch network staffing levels, a rise in Corporate Banking to support business growth and increases in support staff driven largely by information technology staff with the transition of systems to New Zealand.

      Group Centre staff numbers were up 10% with Operations, Technology and Shared Services increasing 6% due to technology project-related activity in India.

      Asia Pacific staff numbers were up 11% due mainly to the formation of the ANZ Royal Bank joint venture in Cambodia, an increase in staffing in Amerika Samoa Bank and rural banking initiatives in Fiji.

      Corporate Australia increased 10% driven by a significant investment in frontline staff in Small Business Banking and continued investment in Corporate and Business Banking.

      Institutional increased 6% due to a 21% increase in Trade and Transaction Services reflecting business expansion particularly in the Trade Finance and Custodian Service businesses.

 

      Premises costs increased $37 million (10%) with the additional two months contribution from NBNZ ($7 million).  The increase was largely in rental expense reflecting additional space requirements, new ATMs, market increases and the sale and lease back of certain properties. There was also a rise in the cost of security services.

 

      Computer costs decreased $11 million (2%) despite the additional two months contribution from NBNZ ($9 million).  The reduction was mainly in Personal Banking Australia, down $19 million due to lower merchant acquiring line costs, certain branch banking software now being fully amortised and a higher level of project related technology spend in 2004.

 

      Goodwill amortisation increased $33 million mainly as a result of the additional two months NBNZ goodwill amortisation.

 

      Other expenses increased $93 million (12%) with the additional two months contribution from NBNZ ($18 million).  Adjusting for this other expenses increased $75 million:

      Advertising spend increased $31 million including expenditure on the “ANZ NOW” and “ANZ Bank of the Year” advertising campaigns.

      Travel expenses increased $24 million with Operations, Technology and Shared Services increasing $7 million which included increased travel to Indian based technology operations and smaller increases spread across most business units.

      Non-lending losses increased $13 million mainly as a result of cheque conversion losses.

 

      Restructuring costs reduced $11 million.  The 2005 year included a $20 million write-down in the value of the Sales and Service Platform (SSP) in the branch network.  The 2004 year included the write-down of hardware and software being developed for ATMs ($8 million).

 

      NBNZ incremental integration costs increased $57 million.  Refer page 28 for details on integration.

 

      Movements in exchange rates increased cost growth by $31 million.

 

17



 

      Comparison with March 2005 half

 

Operating expenses increased $115 million (5%) or $87 million (4%) excluding NBNZ incremental integration costs.

 

      Personnel costs were up $79 million (7%) due to annual salary increases and a 4% increase in staff numbers mainly in the following business units:

      Personal Banking Australia increased 4%.  Consumer Finance increased by 5% to deal with increased volumes and cross sell activity and higher card acquisition activity, including white labelled card initiatives.  Other (including Retail banking) increased 4% due to new branch openings, forward hire for a further 6 new branch openings in early first half 2006 and higher staff levels to cover increasing network volumes.

      Institutional numbers were 6% higher due to a 12% increase in Trade and Transaction Services reflecting business expansion particularly in the Trade Finance and Custodian Services businesses.

      Asia Pacific increased 8% due mainly to the formation of the ANZ Royal Bank joint venture in Cambodia.

      Group Centre increased 6% with an additional 4% staff in Operations, Technology and Shared Services, largely due to technology project related activity.

      New Zealand Businesses increased by 2% due to “ANZ Turnaround” program and increases in support staff driven largely by information technology staff with the transition of systems to New Zealand.

 

      Premises costs increased $4 million (2%) with a $3 million increase in rental expense reflecting additional space requirements.

 

      Computer costs increased $21 million (8%).  The increase was mainly due to a $18 million rise in Operations, Technology and Shared Services due to increased use of computer contractors for the New Zealand business system integration and a higher level of project-related technology spend.

 

      Other expenses were $13 million (3%) lower as a result of a reduced charge for non-lending losses ($18 million) as the first half included a charge for cheque conversion losses.  Increased travel costs of $14 million were offset by reductions in other expense categories.

 

      The impact of movements in exchange rates on operating expenses was immaterial.

 

Income Tax Expense

 

 

 

Half
year
Sep 05

 

Half
year
Mar 05

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Mar 05

 

Full
year
Sep 05

 

Full
year
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income tax expense on profit

 

637

 

597

 

7

%

1,234

 

1,168

 

6

%

Effective tax rate

 

29.2

%

28.8

%

 

 

29.0

%

29.3

%

 

 

 

      2005 result

 

The Group’s income tax expense increased by $66 million to $1,234 million resulting in an effective tax rate of 29.0%, a decrease of 0.3% from the September 2004 year.  This decrease reflects the net effect of several small items including the non-taxability of profit on sale of the NBNZ Life and Funds Management businesses and the Sydney Futures Exchange shares and higher earnings in lower tax rate jurisdictions.  This has been partly offset by higher goodwill amortisation due to a full year contribution from NBNZ and the lower tax benefit due to the run off of certain New Zealand structured financing transactions.

 

      Comparison with March 2005 half

 

The Group’s effective tax rate for the half year ended 30 September 2005 increased 0.4% from March 2005 to 29.2%.  The effective tax rate increased due to lower equity accounted earnings from INGA and lower tax benefit due to the run off of certain New Zealand structured financing transactions in the September half.  The March half included the tax deduction for the employee share issue and the non-taxable profit on sale of Sydney Futures Exchange shares, whilst the September half included non-taxable profit on the sale of the NBNZ Life and Funds Management businesses.

 

18



 

Earnings per share

 

EPS excluding goodwill, significant items and NBNZ incremental integration costs for the Group increased to 175.2 cents, up 8.8% or 14.1 cents on the 2004 year and increased 4.1% or 3.5 cents on the March 2005 half.

 

 

 

Half
year
Sep 05

 

Half
year
Mar 05

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Mar 05

 

Full
year
Sep 05

 

Full
year
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

82.0

 

78.8

 

4

%

160.9

 

153.1

 

5

%

Basic (excluding goodwill, significant items(1) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(2))

 

89.4

 

85.9

 

4

%

175.2

 

161.1

 

9

%

Diluted(3)

 

80.4

 

76.9

 

5

%

157.5

 

149.7

 

5

%

 


(1)  In 2005 ANZ has classified the $14 million profit after tax relating to the gain on sale of the NBNZ Life business as a significant item. In 2004 ANZ has classified the $14 million profit after tax on settlement of the INGA completion accounts, $84 million profit after tax and $36 million dividends arising from the TrUEPrS transaction as significant items. ANZ excludes significant items to eliminate the distorting effect of one-off transactions on the results of its core business (refer page 12)

(2)  In 2005 ANZ has incurred $52 million after tax NBNZ incremental integration costs (2004 full year: $14 million; Sept 2005 half: $35 million; Mar 2005 half: $17 million). NBNZ incremental integration costs are excluded to enable analysis of the cost base following completion of the integration (refer page 12)

(3)  The US Stapled Trust securities issued on 27 November 2003 mandatorily convert to ordinary shares in 2053 unless redeemed or bought back prior to that date. The US Stapled Trust Security issue can be de-stapled and the investor left with coupon paying preference shares at ANZ’s discretion at any time, or at the investor’s discretion under certain circumstances. AASB 1027 requires that potential ordinary shares for which conversion to ordinary share capital is mandatory must be included in the calculation of diluted EPS. The inclusion of this issue in EPS increased the diluted number of shares by 60.1 million and reduced diluted EPS by 2.5 cents

 

Dividends

 

 

 

Half
year
Sep 05

 

Half
year
Mar 05

 

Full
year
Sep 05

 

Full
year
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Dividend per ordinary share (cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim (fully franked)

 

n/a

 

51

 

51

 

47

 

9

%

Final (fully franked)

 

59

 

n/a

 

59

 

54

 

9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share dividend payout ratio (%)

 

71.9

%

64.7

%

68.4

%

67.5

%

 

 

Dividend payout ratio excluding goodwill, significant items(1) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(2) (%)

 

66.0

%

59.4

%

62.8

%

64.1

%

 

 

 


(1) & (2) Refer above

 

The Directors propose that a final dividend of 59 cents be paid on each ordinary share, up 5 cents (9.3%) on the 2004 final dividend in line with the growth in EPS excluding goodwill, significant items and NBNZ incremental integration costs.  The proposed dividend will be fully franked.  The proposed annual dividend of 110 cents is up 8.9% from 2004.

 

The Group has a dividend reinvestment plan and a bonus option plan. Participation in these plans is limited to 50,000 shares in each plan.  Election notices for these plans must be received by 5.00 pm on the record date, namely, 14 November 2005.  It is proposed that the final dividend will be payable on 16 December 2005.  Dividends payable to shareholders with a registered address in the United Kingdom, Channel Islands, The Isle of Man and New Zealand will be converted to their local currency at ANZ’s daily forward exchange rate at the close of business on the record date for value on the payment date.

 

The change in the geographic mix of the Group’s earnings following the acquisition of NBNZ further limits the Group’s franking capacity.  However, the Group expects current timing differences will generate future franking credits and therefore the Group expects it will be able to maintain full franking for the foreseeable future.  In addition, amendments to New Zealand thin capitalisation rules from July 2005 required some internal debt funding to that country to be replaced with equity funding.  The franking impact will be limited by redirecting United Kingdom capital to New Zealand.

 

19



 

EVA Reconciliation

 

One measure of shareholder value is EVATM (Economic Value Added) growth relative to prior periods.  EVATM for the year ended 30 September 2005 at $1,911 million was up $161 million from $1,750 million in 2004.  EVA for the September 2005 half was $985 million, up $59 million from $926 million in the March 2005 half.

 

 

 

Half
year
Sep 05

 

Half
year
Mar 05

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Mar 05

 

Full
year
Sep 05

 

Full
year
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

EVATM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit after tax

 

1,543

 

1,475

 

5

%

3,018

 

2,815

 

7

%

Goodwill amortisation - NBNZ

 

81

 

81

 

0

%

162

 

129

 

26

%

Goodwill amortisation (excluding NBNZ)(1)

 

32

 

30

 

7

%

62

 

60

 

3

%

Significant items(2) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(3)

 

21

 

17

 

24

%

38

 

(84

)

large

 

Imputation credits

 

302

 

281

 

7

%

583

 

540

 

8

%

Risk adjusted profit

 

1,979

 

1,884

 

5

%

3,863

 

3,460

 

12

%

Cost of ordinary capital

 

(948

)

(920

)

3

%

(1,868

)

(1,648

)

13

%

Cost of preference share capital

 

(46

)

(38

)

21

%

(84

)

(62

)

35

%

EVATM

 

985

 

926

 

6

%

1,911

 

1,750

 

9

%

 


(1)  Includes notional amortisation of goodwill relating to INGA (refer footnote 1 on page 30)

(2)  In 2005 ANZ has classified $14 million profit after tax relating to the gain on sale of the NBNZ Life and Funds Management businesses as a significant item. In 2004 ANZ has classified the $14 million profit after tax on settlement of the INGA completion accounts, $84 million net profit after tax and $36 million dividends arising from the TrUEPrS transaction as significant items. ANZ excludes significant items to eliminate the distorting effect of one-off transactions on the results of its core business (refer page 12)

(3)  In 2005 ANZ has incurred $52 million after tax NBNZ incremental integration costs (2004 full year: $14 million; Sept 2005 half: $35 million; Mar 2005 half: $17 million). NBNZ incremental integration costs are excluded to enable analysis of the cost base following completion of the integration

 

EVATM is a measure of risk adjusted accounting profit.  It is based on operating profit after tax, adjusted for significant items, goodwill amortisation, the cost of capital, and imputation credits (measured at 70% of Australian tax).  Of these, the major component is the cost of capital, which is calculated on the risk adjusted or economic capital at a rate of 11%.  At the Group level, total capital is used so the cost of capital reflects the full resources provided by shareholders.

 

At ANZ, economic capital is equity allocated according to a business unit’s inherent risk profile.  It is allocated for several risk categories including: credit risk, operating risk, interest rate risk, basis risk, mismatch risk, investment risk, trading risk and other risk.  The methodology used to allocate capital to business units for risk is designed to help drive appropriate risk management and business strategies.

 

At ANZ, EVATM is a key measure for evaluating business unit performance and correspondingly is a key factor in determining the variable component of remuneration packages.  Business unit results are equity standardised by eliminating the impact of earnings on each business unit’s book capital and attributing earnings on the business unit’s risk adjusted or economic capital.

 

20



 

Credit Risk

 

Economic loss provisions (ELP)

 

The Group economic loss provision charge (ELP) was $580 million, a decrease of $52 million (8%) over the September 2004 year.  This improvement continues to reflect strong underlying credit quality and the cessation of the Group centre charge for offshore losses (September 2004: $41 million).

 

The ELP rate decreased 6 basis points over the year in line with the Group’s strengthening risk profile, including strong growth in secured Mortgages products with the ELP rate reducing in all business units over the year.  Methodologies relating to NBNZ lending were also refined during 2005.

 

 

 

% of
Group Net
Advances

 

Half
year
Sep 05

 

Half
year
Mar 05

 

Full
year
Sep 05

 

Full
year
Sep 04

 

ELP rates by segment(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personal Banking Australia

 

42

%

0.21

%

0.20

%

0.20

%

0.21

%

Institutional

 

20

%

0.28

%

0.30

%

0.29

%

0.37

%

New Zealand Businesses

 

22

%

0.17

%

0.18

%

0.17

%

0.24

%

Corporate Australia

 

9

%

0.33

%

0.33

%

0.33

%

0.34

%

Esanda and UDC

 

6

%

0.44

%

0.44

%

0.44

%

0.51

%

Asia Pacific

 

1

%

1.37

%

1.39

%

1.38

%

1.60

%

Operating segments total

 

100

%

0.25

%

0.25

%

0.25

%

0.29

%

Group Centre

 

0

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.02

%

Total

 

100

%

0.25

%

0.25

%

0.25

%

0.31

%

ELP charge ($million)

 

 

 

296

 

284

 

580

 

632

 

 


(1)  ELP rate = Annualised economic loss provisioning divided by average net lending assets

 

Net specific provisions

 

Net specific provisions were $357 million, down $86 million from the year to September 2004.  This reduction is a factor of lower large single name losses, coupled with low default levels and strong recoveries, as expected at such a strong point in the credit cycle.  This result follows a sustained period of de-risking, predominantly in our domestic and offshore Institutional portfolios.  The increase in New Zealand was due to exposure to two medium-sized corporate accounts and a few smaller exposures impacted by the significant downturn in the apple and pear export industry.

 

 

 

Half
year
Sep 05

 

Half
year
Mar 05

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Mar 05

 

Full
year
Sep 05

 

Full
year
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Net specific provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personal Banking Australia

 

86

 

60

 

43

%

146

 

137

 

7

%

Institutional

 

(18

)

1

 

large

 

(17

)

166

 

large

 

New Zealand Businesses

 

65

 

26

 

large

 

91

 

36

 

large

 

Corporate Australia

 

18

 

23

 

-22

%

41

 

43

 

-5

%

Esanda and UDC

 

48

 

24

 

100

%

72

 

47

 

53

%

Asia Pacific

 

7

 

17

 

-59

%

24

 

14

 

71

%

Total net specific provisions

 

206

 

151

 

36

%

357

 

443

 

-19

%

 

General provision balance

 

The general provision balance at 30 September 2005 was $2,167 million (0.99% of risk weighted assets), an increase of $175 million from $1,992 million (1.01% of risk weighted assets) at 30 September 2004.  This represents a surplus of $525 million over the APRA minimum guideline.

 

21



 

Gross non-accrual loans

 

Gross non-accrual loans decreased to $642 million, down from $829 million as at 30 September 2004.  This was assisted by strong credit quality, favourable economic conditions and fewer large single name defaults.  Over the year several large non-performing exposures were finalised, including many of the Power and Telecommunications legacy accounts.  The adverse movement in New Zealand was due to exposure to two medium-sized corporate accounts and a few smaller exposures impacted by the significant downturn in the apple and pear export industry.

 

The default rate (new non accruals/average gross lending assets) has reduced by 12 basis points since September 2004 to 41 basis points.  This improvement is largely the result of lower new non-accrual loans in the Institutional business.

 

 

 

As at
Sep 05

 

As at
Mar 05

 

As at
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Mar 05

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

%

 

Gross non-accrual loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personal Banking Australia

 

48

 

37

 

40

 

30

%

20

%

Institutional

 

233

 

287

 

479

 

-19

%

-51

%

New Zealand Businesses

 

162

 

81

 

86

 

100

%

88

%

Corporate Australia

 

85

 

120

 

112

 

-29

%

-24

%

Esanda and UDC

 

78

 

78

 

73

 

0

%

7

%

Asia Pacific

 

36

 

37

 

39

 

-3

%

-8

%

Total gross non-accrual loans

 

642

 

640

 

829

 

0

%

-23

%

 

Net non-accrual loans

 

Net non-accruals are $386 million (Sep 2004: $451 million) representing 2.0% of shareholders’ equity as at September 2005 (Sep 2004: 2.5%).  The Group has a specific provision coverage ratio of 40%.

 

 

 

As at
Sep 05

 

As at
Mar 05

 

As at
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Mar 05

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

%

 

Net non-accrual loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personal Banking Australia

 

20

 

15

 

17

 

33

%

18

%

Institutional

 

169

 

169

 

299

 

0

%

-43

%

New Zealand Businesses

 

96

 

28

 

30

 

large

 

large

 

Corporate Australia

 

40

 

56

 

51

 

-29

%

-22

%

Esanda and UDC

 

39

 

43

 

37

 

-9

%

5

%

Asia Pacific

 

22

 

15

 

17

 

47

%

29

%

Total net non-accrual loans

 

386

 

326

 

451

 

18

%

-14

%

Specific provision coverage

 

40

%

49

%

46

%

-18

%

-13

%

 

22



 

Market Risk

 

Below are aggregate Value at Risk (VaR) exposures at 97.5% and 99% confidence levels covering both physical and derivatives trading positions for the Bank’s principal trading centres.  Figures are converted from USD at closing exchange rates.

 

97.5% confidence level 1 day holding period

 

 

 

As at
Sep 05

 

High for
period
Sep 05(1)

 

Low for
period
Sep 05(1)

 

Ave for
period
Sep 05(1)

 

As at
Sep 04

 

High for
period
Sep 04(1)

 

Low for
period
Sep 04(1)

 

Ave for
period
Sep 04(1)

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

Value at risk at 97.5% confidence

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange

 

0.8

 

1.7

 

0.3

 

0.8

 

0.5

 

1.9

 

0.3

 

0.7

 

Interest rate

 

1.3

 

2.2

 

0.2

 

0.9

 

1.0

 

1.6

 

0.2

 

0.6

 

Credit Spread

 

0.8

 

1.5

 

0.2

 

0.8

 

0.5

 

1.0

 

0.3

 

0.6

 

Diversification benefit

 

(1.2

)

n/a

 

n/a

 

(0.9

)

(0.7

)

n/a

 

n/a

 

(0.5

)

Total VaR

 

1.7

 

3.0

 

0.8

 

1.6

 

1.3

 

2.5

 

0.8

 

1.4

 

 

99% confidence level 1 day holding period

 

 

 

As at
Sep 05

 

High for
period
Sep 05(1)

 

Low for
period
Sep 05(1)

 

Ave for
period
Sep 05(1)

 

As at
Sep 04

 

High for
period
Sep 04(1)

 

Low for
period
Sep 04(1)

 

Ave for
period
Sep 04(1)

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

Value at risk at 99% confidence

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange

 

0.9

 

2.1

 

0.4

 

1.1

 

0.9

 

2.8

 

0.4

 

1.0

 

Interest rate

 

1.7

 

2.8

 

0.2

 

1.2

 

0.8

 

2.0

 

0.1

 

0.7

 

Credit Spread

 

1.4

 

2.4

 

0.4

 

1.2

 

1.0

 

1.5

 

0.5

 

0.8

 

Diversification benefit

 

(1.8

)

n/a

 

n/a

 

(1.3

)

(0.9

)

n/a

 

n/a

 

(0.6

)

Total VaR

 

2.2

 

4.0

 

1.0

 

2.2

 

1.8

 

3.4

 

1.0

 

1.9

 

 


(1)  Numbers are based on full year period

 

The table below shows all outstanding revenue hedges, interest income earned and fair value of these hedges.

 

Revenue related hedges

 

 

 

30 September 2005

 

30 September 2004

 

 

 

Notional

 

Amount taken to

 

Unrealised

 

Notional

 

Amount taken to

 

Unrealised

 

 

 

Principal Amount

 

Income

 

Gains/(Losses)

 

Principal Amount

 

Income

 

Gains/(Losses)

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

USD Revenue Hedges

 

 

15

 

 

36

 

31

 

14

 

NZD Revenue Hedges

 

3,957

 

(27

)

41

 

3,450

 

14

 

(58

)

Total

 

3,957

 

(12

)

41

 

3,486

 

45

 

(44

)

 

The Group uses a variety of derivative instruments to hedge against the adverse impact on future offshore revenue streams from exchange rate movements.  As at 30 September 2005 ANZ had $4.0 billion (Mar 2005: $3.9 billion; Sep 2004: $3.5 billion) hedge contracts in place.

 

Movements in average exchange rates resulted in a reduction of $30 million (1%) in the Group’s profit after tax (net of profit and loss on revenue hedges).  Earnings from revenue hedges reduced by $57 million (before tax) from 2004.  Hedge revenue is booked in the Group Centre as interest income.

 

23



 

Statement of Financial Position

 

Total assets increased by $33.8 billion (13%) since 30 September 2004 to $293.2 billion.  Exchange rate movements accounted for a net reduction of $3.1 billion consisting of a reduction of $1.9 billion in New Zealand and $1.2 billion in Overseas Markets.  Excluding the impact of exchange rate movements, total assets increased $25.0 billion (15%) in Australia, $10.6 billion (16%) in New Zealand and $1.3 billion (7%) in Overseas Markets.

 

The explanations in the table below describe movements in the major asset classes.

 

Liquid assets 82%
Excl Exchange Rates
89%

 

Liquid assets increased by $5.2 billion (82%) to $11.6 billion at 30 September 2005.

 

Australia increased $1.9 billion due largely to an increase in customer-related repo activity and overnight lending in Institutional. New Zealand increased $1.7 billion as a result of larger holdings of bank certificates of deposit for liquidity purposes. Overseas Markets increased $1.6 billion due to increased trade bills and letters of credit volumes.

 

 

 

Due from other
financial institutions
33%
Excl Exchange Rates
37%

 

Due from other financial institutions increased by $1.6 billion (33%) to $6.3 billion at 30 September 2005 due largely to increase in volume of bank overdrafts, securities borrowing volumes in Trade and Transaction Services Australia and interbank lending in New Zealand and the United Kingdom.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities
15%
Excl Exchange Rates
15%

 

Trading securities volumes increased $0.8 billion (15%) to $6.3 billion at 30 September 2005 due largely to more active trading in Institutional Australia ($1.4 billion) partly offset by reduced holdings in Treasury ($0.8 billion) with changes in the composition of the liquidity portfolio.

 

 

 

Investment
securities
10%
Excl Exchange Rates
8%

 

Investment security volumes decreased $0.8 billion to $6.9 billion at 30 September 2005 due to changes in the composition of the liquidity portfolio and reduced holdings related to discontinued structured finance activities in New Zealand ($0.5 billion).

 

 

 

Net loans and
advances
13%
Excl Exchange Rates
14%

 

Net loans and advances increased 13% ($26.0 billion) since September 2004. Excluding the impact of exchange rate movements, the increase was 14% ($28.2 billion).

 

Growth in Australia of 15% ($21.1 billion) was largely the result of increases in the following businesses:

 

 

 

 

 

      Personal Banking Australia (14% or $12.8 billion), predominantly in Mortgages ($10.8 billion) as a result of growth in housing loans. Consumer Finance increased $1.1 billion reflecting the success of the low rate MasterCard product. Regional Commercial and Agribusiness Products grew $0.7 billion and Banking Products grew $0.2 billion.

 

 

 

 

 

      Institutional Australia (24% or $5.4 billion) largely in Client Relationship Group ($4.0 billion) driven by increased demand for funding of mergers and acquisition activity. Growth of $0.8 billion in Corporate and Structured Financing was due mainly to increased project finance activity, and higher volumes in Trade and Transaction Services ($0.7 billion) were as a result of growth in overdrafts.

 

 

 

 

 

      Corporate Australia (14% or $1.9 billion) largely in Business Banking ($1.1 billion) driven by continued investment in frontline staff and process simplification, the industry specialisation approach to customers and a competitive customer service proposition.

 

 

 

 

 

      Esanda (9% or $1.0 billion) driven by new business writings, particularly in the Commercial Asset Finance and Broker channels.

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand grew by $6.2 billion (11%). Excluding the impact of exchange rates, growth was $7.8 billion, or 14%, with increases in NBNZ Retail ($2.6 billion), ANZ Retail ($1.4 billion), Institutional ($1.9 billion) and Corporate Banking ($1.4 billion).

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas Markets declined by $1.3 billion largely due to the sale of the London headquartered project finance business and the impact of exchange rate movements ($0.7 billion).

 

 

 

Customer’s liability
for acceptance
8%
Excl Exchange Rates
8%

 

Customer’s liability for acceptance increased by $1.0 billion to $13.4 billion at 30 September 2005 with growth predominantly in Institutional Australia ($0.5 billion) and Corporate Banking ($0.3 billion).

 

 

 

Other assets 8%
Excl Exchange Rates
9%

 

Other assets increased $0.7 billion (8%) to $9.9 billion as at 30 September 2005 due mainly to increase in trade dated asset volumes.

 

 

 

Shares in associates
and joint venture
entities 4%

 

The $0.1 billion reduction is due to $245 million capital repatriation from INGA, partly offset by equity accounted earnings retained in associates and the establishment of the new joint venture with ING in New Zealand.

 

24



 

Total liabilities increased by $32.3 billion (13%) from 30 September 2004.  Exchange rate movements accounted for a net reduction of $3.3 billion consisting of a $1.6 billion reduction in New Zealand and a $1.7 billion reduction in Overseas Markets.

 

The explanations in the table below describe movements in the major liability classes.

 

Due to other financial
institutions 64%

 

Due to other financial institutions increased $4.7 billion (64%) to $12.0 billion at 30 September 2005.

Excl Exchange Rates 71%

 

 

 

 

Volumes in Australia increased $2.0 billion. The increase was mainly in Institutional notably in Markets ($1.2 billion) with increased interbank repo activity and increased Clearing Services volumes in Trade and Transaction Services ($0.8 billion).

 

 

 

 

 

Excluding exchange rate movements New Zealand increased $1.5 billion largely in Structured Finance, and Overseas Markets increased $1.4 billion largely in the United Kingdom with reduced Certificate of Deposit and Term Deposit issuance in Treasury.

 

 

 

Deposits and other
borrowings 10%
Excl Exchange Rates 12%

 

Deposits and other borrowings increased $17.1 billion (10%) to $185.7 billion at 30 September 2005. Exchange rate movements reduced deposits and other borrowings by $2.7 billion with a $1.4 billion reduction in New Zealand and a $1.3 billion reduction in Overseas Markets. Excluding exchange rate movements:

 

 

 

 

 

Australia increased $16.1 billion (17%) largely as a result of increases in the following businesses:

 

 

 

 

 

      Treasury funding increased $7.4 billion with higher certificates of deposit volumes to meet the Group’s increased short term funding requirements.

 

 

 

 

 

      Personal Banking Australia increased $3.7 billion due to high yielding term deposit and cash management account products.

 

 

 

 

 

      Institutional increased $2.0 billion largely due to several corporate deposits in Trade and Transaction Services.

 

 

 

 

 

      Corporate Australia increased $1.9 billion.

 

 

 

 

 

      Esanda increased $1.1 billion.

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand increased $4.7 billion, largely in Treasury ($2.1 billion) with an increase in commercial paper and certificate of deposit issuance to help fund the growing New Zealand balance sheet. Deposits grew in ANZ Retail and NBNZ Retail by $1.7 billion.

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas Markets decreased $0.9 billion, with Americas decreasing $1.4 billion, UK & Europe decreasing $0.5 billion and Asia/Pacific increasing $1.1 billion. Reduced funding resulting from the Euro Hybrid issue has been partly offset by additional funding requirement given increased asset volumes.

 

 

 

Payables and other
liabilities
18%
Excl Exchange Rates 17%

 

Payables and other liabilities decreased $2.6 billion (18%) to $11.6 billion at 30 September 2005 with a reduction in securities lending volumes and lower unrealised losses on revaluation of derivative instruments.

 

 

 

Bonds and Notes
42%
Excl Exchange Rates 48%

 

Bonds and notes increased $11.5 billion (42%) to $39.1 billion at 30 September 2005. Excluding exchange rate movements, bonds and notes increased by $13.3 billion (48%) in response to increased term funding requirements.

 

 

 

Loan Capital 8%
Excl Exchange Rates 13%

 

Loan capital increased $0.7 billion (8%) to $9.1 billion at 30 September 2005 or $1.1 billion (13%) excluding exchange rate movements.

 

25



 

Capital Management

 

 

 

As at
Sep 05

 

As at
Mar 05

 

As at
Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1

 

6.9

%

7.0

%

6.9

%

Tier 2

 

3.9

%

3.6

%

4.0

%

Deductions

 

(0.3

)%

(0.3

)%

(0.5

)%

Total

 

10.5

%

10.3

%

10.4

%

ACE

 

5.1

%

5.1

%

5.1

%

RWA $m

 

219,573

 

209,524

 

196,664

 

 

ACE Ratio

 

The ACE ratio at 5.1% remains above the Group’s targeted capital range with only $204 million of the planned $350 million buy-back having been completed.  During the period, ACE ratio declined 2 basis points principally due to:

 

      current period earnings before goodwill amortisation and after preference share dividends of $3.2 billion (+161 basis points);

 

      ordinary share dividend commitments of $2.0 billion (-102 basis points);

 

      reduced capital deductions of $0.1 billion (+6 basis points) principally due to a capital repatriation from INGA being offset by profit retention in funds management businesses and an increase in capitalised expenses;

 

      buy-back of ordinary equity of $204 million (-10 basis points) being offset by share issues of $309 million (+16 basis points) through the Bonus Option Plan, Dividend Reinvestment Plan, option conversions and issues to staff;

 

      increase in risk weighted assets, excluding the impact of exchange rate movements (-67 basis points); and

 

      exchange rate movements (-5 basis points).

 

Hybrid Capital and Tier 1 Capital

 

The Group raises hybrid capital to supplement the Group’s ACE capital to further strengthen the Group’s capital base and ensure compliance with APRA’s prudential capital requirements, principally its Tier 1 capital requirements.

 

In December 2004 the Group raised $871 million (+44 basis points) through the issuance of a €500 million hybrid capital instrument (Euro Hybrid) into the European market.  The instrument is similar in structure to the Group’s existing Australian (ANZ StEPS) and US Stapled Trust Security issuances, with full details of the issue having been provided in the March 2005 profit announcement.

 

The Euro Hybrid issue, coupled with the items identified within the ACE Capital discussion, resulted in the Group’s Tier 1 ratio remaining unchanged over the full year.

 

Hybrid Capital details

 

 

 

ANZ StEPS

 

US Stapled Trust Security

 

Euro Hybrid

Amount (in issue currency)

 

$1,000 million

 

USD1,100 million

 

500 million

Accounting classification

 

Equity

 

Debt

 

Equity

Maturity date

 

14 September 2053

 

15 December 2053

 

15 December 2053

September 2005 balance (net of issue costs)

 

$987 million

 

$1,443 million

 

$871 million

Interest rate

 

BBSW +1.00%

 

Tranche 1 Coupon: 4.48%

 

Euribor +0.66%

 

 

 

 

Tranche 2 Coupon: 5.36%

 

 

 

Buy-Back of Ordinary Equity

 

The Group commenced an on-market buy-back of $350 million of ordinary equity on 10 January 2005.  Up until 15 September 2005, when ANZ went into a voluntary black-out period for buying back shares, the Group had repurchased 9.6 million shares at an average cost of $21.15 per share for a total of $204 million.  The buyback period has been extended to 30 March 2006.

 

26



 

Prudential Issues – APRA’s proposals on International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) changes and Tier 1 hybrid capital

 

ANZ will adopt IFRS from 1 October 2005.  However, APRA have indicated that revised prudential reporting obligations to incorporate the new standards will not be effective until 1 July 2006.  Between 1 October 2005 and 1 July 2006, ANZ will submit prudential reports to APRA on a modified AGAAP basis.

 

Below is the estimated impact of adopting IFRS on ANZ’s capital as at 1 October 2005 (refer also to Note 1 on pages 61 to 69).  This is subject to any further IFRS adjustments and APRA finalising its position on a number of IFRS issues, particularly the treatment of deferred fee income and the collective provisions under the prudential capital standards.

 

$ million

 

Book equity

 

ACE & Tier 1

 

Tier 2

 

Fee revenue

 

(266

)

0

 

0

 

Defined benefits schemes

 

(107

)

(107

)

0

 

Credit Provisioning

 

191

 

191

 

(235

)

Reclassification of StEPS

 

(992

)

0

 

0

 

INGA

 

(181

)

0

 

0

 

Goodwill written back

 

224

 

0

 

0

 

Derivatives accounting

 

33

 

(108

)

0

 

Asset revaluation reserve

 

 

31

 

(31

)

Other

 

(32

)

(32

)

0

 

Total adjustment

 

(1,130

)

(25

)

(266

)

 

APRA has also proposed changes to the composition of Tier 1 capital, with a tightening of the rules around the volume and eligibility of instruments that will qualify as Tier 1 capital, including:

 

      changing the volume of eligible hybrid Tier 1 capital from 25% of Tier 1 capital before hybrids and deductions, to 25% of Tier 1 including hybrids and deductions, with the 25% being split into 10% for a new category being non-innovative or “pure preference shares” and 15% for innovative or structured issuances;

 

      introducing a new class of hybrid Tier 1 capital, non-innovative or “pure preference shares”.  APRA’s paper identifies “pure preference shares” as “non-cumulative irredeemable preference shares without innovative capital features” issued directly by the licensed banking entity;

 

      including in the innovative Tier 1 hybrid capital classification any issue that has an incentive for the issuer to call, such as a ‘step-up’ feature or an option to convert into ordinary shares, or an instrument issued through a Special Purpose Vehicle, or any Tier 1 instrument not representing ‘shares’; and

 

      phasing in the new rules between July 2006 and January 2008, with a further transition period to January 2010 for institutions that cannot become compliant at January 2008 based upon the hybrid capital instruments they have on issue at the date of the discussion paper.  This timetable is designed to align with the introduction of Basel II requirements.

 

At the time of publication of this Results Announcement, the rules are yet to be finalised and accordingly it is not possible to determine the absolute impact the changes will have on the Group’s capital position and future strategy.  However, it is anticipated that all of the Group’s existing hybrid capital issues will continue to be classified as innovative capital and that the Group is likely to be above the new 15% limit at January 2008.  ANZ will be requesting that APRA continue to apply the additional transition rules through to 2010.  The changes mean that ANZ will have to fund risk weighted asset growth and business initiatives from either fundamental (ACE) or non-innovative Tier 1 capital.

 

27



 

The National Bank of New Zealand - Integration

 

ANZ National Bank is the largest provider of banking services in New Zealand following the amalgamation of The National Bank of New Zealand Limited in June 2004.

 

The primary focus of the integration programme in 2005 has been the delivery of integrated technology and business solutions in line with the overall integration objectives which ensure that customer satisfaction levels are maintained or improved, operational risk is minimised and the transition for staff is seamless.

 

Integration has progressed well in 2005 with the expected organisational and financial outcomes delivered.  The overall integration objectives remain unchanged and include:

 

      satisfying the Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) Conditions of Registration

      maintaining separately branded retail, corporate and commercial banking businesses;

      strengthening our Rural banking business primarily under The National Bank brand;

      growing our Institutional businesses under the ANZ brand;

      merging and rationalising head office and support functions;

      aligning, to the extent possible, technology systems; and

      realisation of integration synergies.

 

The key integration achievements for 2005 have been:

 

      agreement with the RBNZ that the systems plans are a reasonable basis to satisfy the Conditions of Registration with the domestic systems to be completed as planned by 31 December 2005 and the international systems to be completed by 30 June 2006;

      completed new IT infrastructure establishment in New Zealand to support the systems migrating from Australia to New Zealand;

      completed the migration to New Zealand of target systems in General Ledger, Procurement, Property and HR/Payroll;

      commenced the migration to ANZ Group systems in Institutional, Corporate and Commercial; and

      completed the Rural integration programme while maintaining its number one market share in this segment.

 

As the full impact of RBNZ requirements has been clarified during the year, the total cost of integration is now estimated to be NZD240 million, a modest increase on the original estimate of NZD220 million.  To date integration costs of NZD188 million have been incurred in line with expectations.

 

The RBNZ recently announced a changed approach to its “Outsourcing Policy” which has driven a change in the Conditions of Registration.  An analysis has commenced on how this may change the nature and cost of compliance.

 

In 2005, revenue attrition relating to integration activities continues to track favourably against expectations, with little attrition evident.  The cost synergies in 2005 are tracking slightly ahead of expectations with cost synergies and revenue benefits both NZD1 million ahead, and estimated benefits forecast for 2007 remain on track.

 

Impact of NBNZ on September 2005 results

 

The 2004 financial year included only ten months contribution from NBNZ following its acquisition from Lloyds TSB on 1 December 2003. Hence, management believe that a comparison of profit and loss data between the 2005 and the 2004 years does not reflect the core business performance.

 

The following table has been provided to assist readers in understanding the impact of the contribution from NBNZ on 2004, had it been consolidated for the entire year.  Commentary comparing the results for 2005 with 2004 will refer to results notionally adjusted for these impacts where this assists the reader to analyse the income and expense trends.

 

 

 

Ten
months to
Sep 04

 

Four
months to
Mar 04

 

Half of four
months to
Mar 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

Net interest income

 

708

 

273

 

137

 

Other operating income

 

259

 

106

 

53

 

Operating income

 

967

 

379

 

190

 

Operating expenses

 

(572

)

(222

)

(111

)(1)

Profit before debt provision

 

395

 

157

 

79

 

Provision for doubtful debts

 

(62

)

(27

)

(14

)

Profit before income tax

 

333

 

130

 

65

 

Income tax expense & Outside equity interest

 

(138

)

(54

)

(27

)

Net profit

 

195

 

76

 

38

 

 


(1)  Includes goodwill amortisation

 

28



 

The following table gives the internal funding(1) of the New Zealand operations.

 

 

 

Sep 05
NZD M

 

Mar 05
NZD M

 

Sep 04
NZD M

 

Debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt Funding - Australia

 

1,765

 

1,765

 

1,765

 

Debt Funding - United Kingdom

 

 

1,129

 

1,129

 

 

 

1,765

 

2,894

 

2,894

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated debt

 

725

 

516

 

507

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share capital

 

1,450

 

1,450

 

1,450

 

Redeemable preference share capital

 

3,339

 

2,210

 

2,210

 

Retained earnings

 

1,122

 

1,040

 

751

 

 

 

5,911

 

4,700

 

4,411

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unamortised goodwill

 

3,078

 

3,285

 

3,379

 

 


(1)  Includes structural funding provided to New Zealand from the Group. Short term internal funding is excluded from this table

 

As a result of amendments to thin capitalisation tax rules in New Zealand, the Group restructured its internal funding of the New Zealand group on 23 September 2005.  This involved the replacement of NZD1.129 billion of intercompany debt with redeemable preference share capital.  This will increase profit in New Zealand by approximately NZD50 million after tax in 2006.  However, this will be partly offset by the impact of unwinding certain structured finance transactions which are also impacted by the thin capitalisation amendments.  The franking and profit impact on the Group of the change in New Zealand funding will be limited due to redirecting capital from United Kingdom to New Zealand.

 

ING New Zealand joint venture

 

In September 2005 ANZ National Bank Limited entered into a joint venture with ING Insurance International Limited (INGII).  The joint venture, ING (NZ) Holdings Ltd (INGNZ), is 49% owned by ANZ National Bank Ltd and 51% owned by INGII.

 

On 30 September 2005:

 

      ANZ National Bank Limited and INGII invested NZD163 million and NZD170 million respectively into INGNZ.

 

      ANZ National Bank Limited sold the NBNZ Life and Funds Management businesses to INGNZ for NZD158 million resulting in the following impact on the Group’s financial statements:

 

      Reduction in unamortised goodwill of NZD114 million.

      Recognition of approximately NZD16 million ($14 million) profit on sale of 51% of the NBNZ Life and Funds Management businesses.

      An investment in INGNZ of NZD145 million (being initial investment adjusted for unrecognised profit on ANZ National Bank’s 49% share of the profit on sale of the NBNZ Life and Funds Management businesses joint venture and costs).

 

      The intangible and tangible components of the investment in INGNZ are deducted from Tier 1 and total capital, respectively, in the Group’s capital adequacy ratio.

 

      INGNZ acquired at market value the New Zealand-based businesses previously owned by INGA.  The profit on sale of the New Zealand-based businesses of approximately $40 million is recognised in INGA, however, ANZ’s share of this profit is eliminated on consolidation.

 

29



 

ING Australia Performance

 

 

 

Half
year
Sep 05

 

Half
year
Mar 05

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Mar 05

 

Full
year
Sep 05

 

Full
year
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Funds management income

 

239

 

226

 

6

%

465

 

443

 

5

%

Risk income

 

122

 

110

 

11

%

232

 

181

 

28

%

 

 

361

 

336

 

7

%

697

 

624

 

12

%

Costs (excl goodwill on purchase of ANZ business)

 

(250

)

(238

)

5

%

(488

)

(449

)

9

%

 

 

111

 

98

 

13

%

209

 

175

 

19

%

Capital investment earnings

 

79

 

101

 

-22

%

180

 

164

 

10

%

Net income

 

190

 

199

 

-5

%

389

 

339

 

15

%

Income tax expense

 

(48

)

(35

)

37

%

(83

)

(57

)

46

%

Profit after tax

 

142

 

164

 

-13

%

306

 

282

 

9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ANZ share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ANZ share of INGA earnings @ 49%

 

70

 

80

 

-13

%

150

 

138

 

9

%

Notional goodwill amortisation

 

(22

)

(21

)

5

%

(43

)

(41

)

5

%

ANZ equity accounted profit

 

48

 

59

 

-19

%

107

 

97

 

10

%

ANZ capital hedges

 

(10

)

(11

)

-9

%

(21

)

(13

)

62

%

Net funding cost

 

(5

)

(6

)

-17

%

(11

)

(17

)

-35

%

Net return to ANZ(1)

 

33

 

42

 

-21

%

75

 

67

 

12

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross fund flows excluding V2 Plus

 

5,047

 

4,417

 

14

%

9,464

 

7,701

 

23

%

Net fund flows including V2 Plus

 

61

 

724

 

-92

%

785

 

403

 

95

%

 


(1)  Notional Goodwill amortisation of $43 million (2004 full year: $41 million; Sep 2005 half: $22 million; Mar 2005 half: $21 million) is reported in the Group Centre

 

On 30 September 2005 ING Australia sold its New Zealand-based businesses to a joint venture between ING Group and ANZ National Bank.  Further details are contained on page 29.

 

2005 result

 

The net return to ANZ from INGA increased by 12%.

 

      Funds management income increased by 5% based on higher average funds under management underpinned by strong investment markets, and improved net flows in both personal investments and employer super businesses.

      Risk income increased by 28% due to growth in in-force premiums and continued favourable claims experience.  Sales growth was primarily in group life insurance products.

      Core operating costs were lower than 2004, offset by an increase in investment management fees due to higher funds under management.  Additional costs were incurred on projects remediating past unit pricing issues and upgrading systems and processes.  These projects should be completed in 2006.

      Capital investment earnings were higher than 2004, but negatively impacted by interest costs of $26 million (nil in 2004) related to a return of shareholder capital during the year.  ANZ partially hedged against volatility in this income stream.  As a result, gains in capital investment earnings were partially offset by hedge losses. ANZ ceased hedging capital investment earnings from 1 October 2005.

      Tax expense increased 46% due to the loss of transitional tax relief for life companies from 1 July 2005, higher operating profit and higher capital investment earnings.

 

Comparison with March 2005 half

 

Funds management income increased by 6% due to higher average funds under management which were impacted by improved net flows in employer superannuation business.  Risk income increased by 11% due to ongoing favourable claims experience in the second half, supported by continued strong sales of life insurance products through the ANZ network and direct marketing initiatives.  Core operating costs for the half were in line with the March half.  Increased legacy unit pricing remediation costs resulted in an overall 5% increase in expenses.  Capital investment earnings were below the abnormally high returns achieved in the first half.  Gross gains in capital investment earnings were again partially offset by hedge losses.  Tax expense increased due to the loss of transitional tax relief for life companies from 1 July 2005, and higher operating profit, partially offset by lower second-half capital investment earnings.

 

30



 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The Group prepares its consolidated financial statements in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and other authoritative accounting pronouncements.  All material changes to accounting policy are approved by the Audit Committee of the Board.

 

Details of critical accounting policies will be provided in the 30 September 2005 Financial Report.  There have been no material changes to the Group’s critical accounting policies or their related methodologies since September 2004.

 

A brief discussion of critical accounting policies and their impact on the Group follows:

 

a)     Economic Loss Provisioning

 

The Group recognises an expense for credit losses (provision for doubtful debts) based on the expected long term loss ratio for each part of the loan portfolio.  The provision for doubtful debts is booked to the General Provision which is maintained to cover the losses inherent in the Group’s existing loan portfolio.  The method used by the Group for determining the expense charge is referred to as Economic Loss Provisioning (ELP).

 

The Group uses ELP models to calculate the expected loss by considering:

 

      the size, composition and risk profile of the current loan portfolio; and

      the history of credit losses for each type and risk of lending.

 

The charge to profit for ELP was 0.25% of average net lending assets or $580 million (Sep 2004: 0.31% or $632 million).

 

As at September 2005, the balance of the General Provision of $2,167 million (Sep 2004: $1,992 million) represented 0.99% (Sep 2004: 1.01%) of risk weighted assets.

 

b)     Specific provisioning

 

A specific provision is maintained to cover identified Non Accrual Loans.  When a specific debt loss is identified as being probable, its value is transferred from the General Provision to the Specific Provision.  The Specific Provision equates to the full amount of the expected loss plus any enforcement/recovery expenses.

 

Recoveries resulting from proceeds received from accounts which were written off in prior years are transferred back to the General Provision.

 

The recognition of specific losses has an impact on the size of the General Provision rather than directly impacting profit.  However, to the extent that the General Provision is drawn down beyond a prudent amount it will be restored through a transfer from the current year’s earnings.  The amount of net transfer from the General Provision to the Specific Provision, net of recoveries, during the year was $357 million (Sep 2004: $443 million).

 

c)     Deferred acquisition costs and deferred income

 

The Group recognises assets that represent deferred acquisition costs relating to the acquisition of interest earning assets, and liabilities that represent deferred income relating to income received in advance of services performed.

 

Deferred acquisition costs - at 30 September 2005 the Group’s assets included $524 million (Sep 2004: $465 million) in relation to costs incurred in acquiring interest earning assets.  During the year, amortisation of $258 million (Sep 2004: $218 million) was recognised as an adjustment to the yield earned on interest earning assets.

 

Deferred income - at 30 September 2005, the Group’s liabilities included $79 million (Sep 2004: $156 million) in relation to income received in advance.

 

The balances of deferred acquisition costs and deferred income at period end were:

 

 

 

Deferred Acquisition Costs(1)

 

Deferred Income

 

 

 

Sep-05

 

Sep-04

 

Sep-05

 

Sep-04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

Personal Banking Australia

 

153

 

145

 

27

 

36

 

Esanda

 

284

 

250

 

 

 

New Zealand Businesses

 

61

 

38

 

15

 

41

 

Institutional

 

6

 

10

 

19

 

11

 

Other(2)

 

20

 

22

 

18

 

68

 

Total

 

524

 

465

 

79

 

156

 

 


(1)  Deferred acquisition costs largely include the amounts of brokerage capitalised and amortised in the three Business segments: Personal Banking Australia, Esanda and the New Zealand Business. Deferred acquisition costs also include capitalised debt raising expenses

(2)  Includes Group Centre, Corporate Australia, INGA and Asia Pacific

 

31



 

Deferred acquisition costs analysis:

 

 

 

September 2005

 

September 2004

 

 

 

Amortisation
Costs

 

Capitalised
Costs(1)

 

Amortisation
Costs

 

Capitalised
Costs(1)

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

Personal Banking Australia

 

63

 

71

 

64

 

66

 

Esanda

 

165

 

199

 

147

 

170

 

New Zealand Businesses

 

20

 

43

 

7

 

30

 

Institutional

 

4

 

 

 

 

Other(2)

 

6

 

4

 

 

24

 

Total

 

258

 

317

 

218

 

290

 

 


(1)  Costs capitalised during the year exclude brokerage trailer commissions paid, relating to the acquisition of mortgage assets of $83 million (2004 full year: $87 million)

(2)  Includes Group Centre, Corporate Australia, INGA and Asia Pacific

 

d)     Derivatives and Hedging

 

The Group buys and sells derivatives as part of its trading operations and to hedge its interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk and the equity risk in INGA.  Derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging are accounted for on the same basis as the underlying exposures or risks.  The Group classifies derivatives into two types according to their underlying purpose - trading or hedging.

 

Profit and loss relating to trading derivatives is reported in the statement of financial performance as trading income.  The fair value of trading derivatives is recorded on a gross basis as other assets or other liabilities as appropriate unless there is a legal right of set-off.  The fair value of a derivative financial instrument is the net present value of future expected cash flows arising from that instrument.

 

In order to be classified as a hedging derivative, the hedging relationship must be expected to be effective.  Hedging derivatives are accounted for in the same manner as the underlying asset or liability they are hedging.  For example, if the hedged instrument is accounted for using the accrual method, the hedging instrument will also be accounted for using the accrual method.

 

Movements in the value of foreign exchange contracts that are hedging overseas operations are not recognised as income or expenses.  Instead these movements are recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve together with the net difference arising from the translation of the overseas operation.

 

Derivatives entered into as part of the Group’s trading operations are carried at their fair values with any change in fair value being recognised as part of trading income.

 

e)     Special purpose and off balance sheet vehicles

 

The Group may invest in or establish special purpose entities (SPEs) to enable it to undertake specific types of transactions.  Where the Group has established SPEs which are controlled by the Group to facilitate transactions undertaken for Group purposes, these are consolidated in the Group’s financial statements.

 

The main type of SPEs that are not consolidated into the Group are:

 

      Securitisation vehicles - Assets are transferred to an SPE, which funds the purchase by issuing securities.  ANZ can provide specific services to the SPE, including management and servicing of assets and/or providing liquidity support, swaps and credit guarantees.  ANZ earns fees at a commercial rate for providing these services.

      Structured finance entities - These entities are set up to assist with the structuring of client financing.  ANZ may provide credit facilities to the vehicle and may also manage these vehicles.

      Managed funds - These funds invest in specified investments on behalf of clients.  INGA, INGNZ and ANZ National Bank Limited as managers of funds, expose ANZ to operational risk and reputational risk.

 

32



 

f)     Valuation of investment in INGA

 

The Group adopts the equity method of accounting for its 49% interest in INGA.  As at 30 September 2005, the Group’s carrying value was $1,479 million (Sept 2004: $1,697 million).  The change since September 2004 reflects a capital repatriation and a dividend received during the year together with the equity accounted profit for the year.

 

The carrying value is subject to a recoverable amount test to ensure that this does not exceed its recoverable amount at the reporting date.  The Group obtained an independent valuation at 31 March 2005 and at that time the carrying value did not exceed the recoverable amount.  At 30 September 2005, a management review was conducted to determine whether there were any indicators of impairment of the value of the investment.  This assessment did not indicate the existence of impairment indicators and accordingly no writedown was made.

 

g)    Valuation of goodwill in ANZ National Bank Limited

 

Goodwill arising from the acquisition of NBNZ is systematically amortised over the period of time during which the benefits of the acquisition are expected to arise, such period of benefit not exceeding 20 years.

 

The carrying value of goodwill is reviewed at each balance date and is written down to the extent that it is no longer supported by probable future benefits.

 

The Group obtained an independent valuation of ANZ National Bank Limited as at 31 March 2005 which determined that no writedown in the carrying value of NBNZ goodwill was required at that time.  At 30 September 2005, a management review was conducted to determine whether there were any indicators of impairment in the carrying value of NBNZ goodwill.  This assessment did not indicate the existence of impairment indicators and accordingly no writedown was made.

 

h)    Software capitalisation

 

At 30 September 2005, the Group’s fixed assets included $381 million (Sep 2004: $430 million; Mar 2005: $401 million) in relation to costs incurred in acquiring and developing software.  During the September 2005 half year, amortisation expense of $64 million (Sep 2004 half: $66 million; Mar 2005 half: $57 million) was recognised.

 

 

 

Half
year
Sep 05

 

Half
year
Mar 05

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Mar 05

 

Full
year
Sep 05

 

Full
year
Sep 04

 

Movt
Sep 05
v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at start of period

 

401

 

430

 

-7

%

430

 

465

 

-8

%

Software capitalised during the period

 

51

 

45

 

13

%

96

 

114

 

-16

%

Amortisation during the period

 

(64

)

(57

)

12

%

(121

)

(129

)

-6

%

Software written-off

 

(8

)

(16

)

-50

%

(24

)

(41

)

-41

%

Acquisitions

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

17

 

-100

%

Other

 

1

 

(1

)

large

 

 

4

 

-100

%

Total software capitalisation

 

381

 

401

 

-5

%

381

 

430

 

-11

%

 

33



 

This page has been left blank intentionally

 

34



 

BUSINESS PERFORMANCE REVIEW

 

Profit and Loss (including effect of movements in foreign currencies)

 

 

 

Half
year

 

Half
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

Full
year

 

Full
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Net profit after income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personal Banking Australia

 

528

 

485

 

9

%

1,013

 

883

 

15

%

Institutional

 

471

 

452

 

4

%

923

 

857

 

8

%

New Zealand Businesses

 

307

 

307

 

0

%

614

 

513

 

20

%

Corporate Australia

 

192

 

184

 

4

%

376

 

341

 

10

%

Esanda and UDC

 

82

 

77

 

6

%

159

 

143

 

11

%

Asia Pacific

 

47

 

48

 

-2

%

95

 

111

 

-14

%

Group Centre(1)

 

(63

)

(61

)

3

%

(124

)

(117

)

6

%

Net profit (excl significant items(2) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(3))

 

1,564

 

1,492

 

5

%

3,056

 

2,731

 

12

%

Significant items(2) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(3)

 

(21

)

(17

)

24

%

(38

)

84

 

large

 

Net profit

 

1,543

 

1,475

 

5

%

3,018

 

2,815

 

7

%

 

Profit and Loss (prior period figures adjusted to remove the impact of exchange rate movements(4))

 

 

 

Half
year

 

Half
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

Full
year

 

Full
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Net profit after income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personal Banking Australia

 

528

 

485

 

9

%

1,013

 

883

 

15

%

Institutional

 

471

 

451

 

4

%

923

 

858

 

8

%

New Zealand Businesses

 

307

 

306

 

0

%

614

 

532

 

15

%

Corporate Australia

 

192

 

185

 

4

%

376

 

341

 

10

%

Esanda and UDC

 

82

 

77

 

6

%

159

 

145

 

10

%

Asia Pacific

 

47

 

48

 

-2

%

95

 

109

 

-13

%

Group Centre(1)

 

(63

)

(65

)

-3

%

(124

)

(167

)

-26

%

Net profit (excl significant items(2) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(3))

 

1,564

 

1,487

 

5

%

3,056

 

2,701

 

13

%

Significant items(2) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(3)

 

(21

)

(17

)

24

%

(38

)

84

 

large

 

Net profit

 

1,543

 

1,470

 

5

%

3,018

 

2,785

 

8

%

FX impact on reported net profit(4)

 

 

5

 

-100

%

 

30

 

-100

%

Reported net profit

 

1,543

 

1,475

 

5

%

3,018

 

2,815

 

7

%

 


(1)  Group Centre includes the operations of Treasury

(2)  In 2005 ANZ has classified $14 million after tax profit on the sale of NBNZ life businesses as a significant item. In 2004 ANZ has classified the $14 million profit after tax on settlement of the INGA completion accounts and $84 million net profit after tax arising from the TrUEPrS transaction as significant items. ANZ excludes significant items to eliminate the distorting effect of one-off transactions on the results of its core business (refer page 12)

(3)  In 2005 ANZ has incurred $52 million after tax NBNZ incremental integration costs (2004 full year: $14 million; Sept 2005 half: $35 million; Mar 2005 half: $17 million). NBNZ incremental integration costs are excluded to enable analysis of the cost base following completion of the integration (refer page 12)

(4)  ANZ has removed the impact of exchange rate movements to provide readers with a better indication of the business unit performance in local currency terms. Retranslation is net of revenue hedge earnings

 

The Group from time to time modifies the organisation of its businesses to enhance the focus on delivery of specialised products or services to customers.  Prior period numbers are adjusted for such organisational changes to allow comparability.  The significant changes since 31 March 2005 have been:

 

      Institutional - Institutional Banking has been renamed Client Relationship Group.  The Non-Continuing Business comprising the London headquartered project finance and certain structured finance transactions that ANZ has exited as part of its de-risking strategy has been reported as a separate business unit.

 

      Personal Banking Australia. A new business unit, Wealth Management, has been created that comprises the equity accounted earnings from INGA’s core business and the Financial Planning business.

 

      ING Australia - To provide better alignment with ANZ businesses, INGA equity accounted profit result has been split for management purposes between core business and the more volatile capital investment earnings.  The core business portion rolls up alongside the Financial Planning distribution arm as part of Wealth Management within Personal Banking Australia.  The capital investment earnings, capital hedge results, funding costs and notional goodwill amortisation are now reported in the Group Centre

 

      There were also a number of minor restatements as a result of customer segmentation, changes to internal transfer pricing methodologies and the realignment of support functions.

 

35



 

Personal Banking Australia

 

Brian Hartzer

 

 

 

   Regional Commercial and Agribusiness Products

 

   Banking Products

 

   Mortgages

 

   Consumer Finance

 

   Wealth Management

 

   Other(1)

 

 

 

 

Half
year

 

Half
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

Full
year

 

Full
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

1,085

 

1,019

 

6

%

2,104

 

1,912

 

10

%

Other external operating income

 

525

 

488

 

8

%

1,013

 

912

 

11

%

Net inter business unit fees

 

64

 

61

 

5

%

125

 

118

 

6

%

Operating income

 

1,674

 

1,568

 

7

%

3,242

 

2,942

 

10

%

External operating expenses

 

(694

)

(669

)

4

%

(1,363

)

(1,263

)

8

%

Net inter business unit expenses

 

(142

)

(134

)

6

%

(276

)

(270

)

2

%

Operating expenses

 

(836

)

(803

)

4

%

(1,639

)

(1,533

)

7

%

Profit before debt provision

 

838

 

765

 

10

%

1,603

 

1,409

 

14

%

Provision for doubtful debts

 

(104

)

(94

)

11

%

(198

)

(183

)

8

%

Profit before income tax

 

734

 

671

 

9

%

1,405

 

1,226

 

15

%

Income tax expense and outside equity interests

 

(206

)

(186

)

11

%

(392

)

(343

)

14

%

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

528

 

485

 

9

%

1,013

 

883

 

15

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consisting of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regional Commercial and Agribusiness Products

 

60

 

57

 

5

%

117

 

106

 

10

%

Banking Products

 

117

 

113

 

4

%

230

 

208

 

11

%

Mortgages

 

166

 

149

 

11

%

315

 

275

 

15

%

Consumer Finance

 

122

 

118

 

3

%

240

 

189

 

27

%

Wealth Management

 

52

 

47

 

11

%

99

 

84

 

18

%

Other(1)

 

11

 

1

 

large

 

12

 

21

 

-43

%

 

 

528

 

485

 

9

%

1,013

 

883

 

15

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loans & advances including acceptances

 

104,119

 

97,807

 

6

%

104,119

 

91,207

 

14

%

Other external assets

 

1,924

 

2,059

 

-7

%

1,924

 

2,025

 

-5

%

External assets

 

106,043

 

99,866

 

6

%

106,043

 

93,232

 

14

%

Deposits and other borrowings

 

42,077

 

39,868

 

6

%

42,077

 

38,416

 

10

%

Other external liabilities

 

2,263

 

2,057

 

10

%

2,263

 

2,038

 

11

%

External liabilities

 

44,340

 

41,925

 

6

%

44,340

 

40,454

 

10

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest average margin

 

2.15

%

2.17

%

-1

%

2.16

%

2.27

%

-5

%

Return on assets

 

1.02

%

1.01

%

1

%

1.02

%

1.02

%

0

%

Return on risk weighted assets

 

1.85

%

1.83

%

1

%

1.84

%

1.84

%

0

%

Operating expenses to operating income

 

49.9

%

51.2

%

-3

%

50.6

%

52.1

%

-3

%

Operating expenses to average assets

 

1.62

%

1.67

%

-3

%

1.64

%

1.77

%

-7

%

Net specific provisions

 

(86

)

(60

)

43

%

(146

)

(137

)

7

%

Net specific provision as a % of average net advances

 

0.17

%

0.13

%

31

%

0.15

%

0.16

%

-6

%

Net non-accrual loans

 

20

 

15

 

33

%

20

 

17

 

18

%

Net non-accrual loans as a % of net advances

 

0.02

%

0.02

%

0

%

0.02

%

0.02

%

0

%

Total employees

 

9,616

 

9,251

 

4

%

9,616

 

8,919

 

8

%

 


(1)  Other includes the branch network, whose costs are fully recovered from product business units, Private Banking and marketing and support costs

 

36



 

2005 result

 

Profit after tax increased by 15% with strong performances across all businesses.  Credit card lending grew by 21%, Mortgage lending increased 14% and deposits grew 10%, making ANZ the number three retail bank in Australia (as measured by share of main financial institutions).  Within Other, a strong performance in Private Banking was offset by higher marketing and brand spend.  Staff engagement was at record levels and customer satisfaction for the year to August 2005 (as measured by Roy Morgan Research) was up 1.7% to 75.3%, the highest of the major Australian banks.  Performance was underpinned by our award-winning product range, winning Personal Investor Bank of the Year award for the sixth straight time, and the continuing re-investment and expansion in our distribution network to improve convenience and simplicity for customers.

 

Significant factors affecting the result were:

 

      Net interest income increased 10%.

 

Mortgages net interest income increased 14%, consistent with lending growth.  Consumer Finance net interest income grew 11% with lending growth of 21% being offset in part by a margin decrease of 12 basis points, due largely to growth in the low rate MasterCard product.  Regional Commercial and Agribusiness Products net interest income increased 10% with lending growth of 15% offset by a 30 basis point reduction in margin due to mix and competitive pressures.  Banking Products net interest income increased 5% underpinned by 9% growth in deposit volumes mainly in lower margin cash management and term deposit products.

 

      Other external operating income increased $101 million (11%).

 

Fee income increased by $83 million (11%).  Banking Products fees increased by 12% underpinned by 8% growth in the number of Transaction accounts and new fee initiatives.  Wealth Management fees increased 28% driven by higher sales through our financial planners.  Consumer Finance fees grew 9%, reflecting increases in merchant and credit card accounts.

 

Other operating income increased by $18 million (14%) due to increased equity accounted income from INGA operating businesses and E*Trade, and the profit sharing arrangement with Diners.

 

      Operating costs increased 7%.  Personnel costs were up 11% due to both increases in salaries and staff numbers (up 697 or 8%), mainly in the front line to handle higher business volumes and service new points of representation.  Computer expenses decreased $19 million (10%) due to lower merchant acquiring line costs, a high level of technology spend in the previous year and certain branch banking software now being fully amortised.  Premises costs increased by $26 million reflecting the Footprint expansion including opening 15 new branches and installing 330 (net) new ATMs, and security upgrades.  Other costs increased $28 million reflecting increased marketing spend in Cards and Mortgages, “ANZ NOW” brand advertising, and increased EFTPOS interchange expenses driven by account acquisition.

 

      Provision for doubtful debts increased by 8% reflecting volume growth in mortgages partly offset by higher recoveries in credit cards.  Non-accrual loans remained stable reflecting continuing sound credit quality in existing businesses.

 

Comparison with March 2005 half

 

Overall profit after tax increased 9%.  Profit after tax in mortgages grew 11% and Regional Commercial and Agribusiness Products increased 5% reflecting lending growth.  Wealth Management profit grew 11% reflecting higher sales through our financial planners and increased equity accounted income from INGA operating businesses.  Banking Products profit increased 4% driven by deposit growth.  Consumer Finance profit increased 3% over the half with 8% revenue growth partly offset by new business investments.

 

Operating income increased 7% driven by solid growth in all core businesses.  Revenues increased 7% in Mortgages, 8% in Consumer Finance, 4% in Banking Products and 5% in Regional Commercial and Agribusiness Products underpinned by balance sheet growth partly offset by margin contraction.  Revenue in Wealth Management increased 8% driven by increased fee income.

 

Operating costs increased by 4%, driven by higher staff numbers (including financial planners) to handle higher business volumes and continuing investment in our branch network.  This was partly offset by a seasonal reduction in marketing spend.

 

Provision for doubtful debts increased 11%, due largely to the 6% increase in lending volumes and an increased proportion of low rate MasterCard volumes that attract a higher provisioning level.  Higher net specific provisions are driven by volume growth, the increased proportion of low rate Mastercard volumes and recoveries in Mortgages in the March half that were not repeated.

 

37



 

Institutional

Steve Targett

 

   Client Relationship Group

 

 

   Trade and Transaction Services

 

 

   Markets

 

 

   Corporate and Structured Financing

 

 

   Non-continuing Business

 

 

 

 

 

Half
year

 

Half
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

Full
year

 

Full
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Net interest income

 

371

 

391

 

-5

%

762

 

708

 

8

%

Other external operating income

 

756

 

677

 

12

%

1,433

 

1,356

 

6

%

Net inter business unit fees

 

(17

)

(13

)

31

%

(30

)

(23

)

30

%

Operating income

 

1,110

 

1,055

 

5

%

2,165

 

2,041

 

6

%

External operating expenses

 

(315

)

(308

)

2

%

(623

)

(576

)

8

%

Net inter business unit expenses

 

(71

)

(72

)

-1

%

(143

)

(144

)

-1

%

Operating expenses

 

(386

)

(380

)

2

%

(766

)

(720

)

6

%

Profit before debt provision

 

724

 

675

 

7

%

1,399

 

1,321

 

6

%

Provision for doubtful debts

 

(69

)

(70

)

-1

%

(139

)

(160

)

-13

%

Profit before income tax

 

655

 

605

 

8

%

1,260

 

1,161

 

9

%

Income tax expense and outside equity interests

 

(184

)

(153

)

20

%

(337

)

(304

)

11

%

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

471

 

452

 

4

%

923

 

857

 

8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consisting of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Client Relationship Group

 

148

 

143

 

3

%

291

 

297

 

-2

%

Trade & Transaction Services

 

104

 

98

 

6

%

202

 

179

 

13

%

Markets

 

117

 

109

 

7

%

226

 

196

 

15

%

Corporate & Structured Financing
 - Continuing Business

 

82

 

72

 

14

%

154

 

117

 

32

%

 - Non-Continuing Business

 

20

 

30

 

-33

%

50

 

68

 

-26

%

 

 

471

 

452

 

4

%

923

 

857

 

8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loans & advances including acceptances

 

48,080

 

46,041

 

4

%

48,080

 

41,889

 

15

%

Other external assets

 

22,821

 

21,698

 

5

%

22,821

 

18,255

 

25

%

External assets

 

70,901

 

67,739

 

5

%

70,901

 

60,144

 

18

%

Deposits and other borrowings

 

29,663

 

29,775

 

0

%

29,663

 

26,984

 

10

%

Other external liabilities

 

23,687

 

21,678

 

9

%

23,687

 

21,763

 

9

%

External liabilities

 

53,350

 

51,453

 

4

%

53,350

 

48,747

 

9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest average margin

 

1.37

%

1.60

%

-14

%

1.48

%

1.61

%

-8

%

Return on assets

 

1.30

%

1.41

%

-8

%

1.35

%

1.43

%

-6

%

Return on risk weighted assets

 

1.22

%

1.28

%

-5

%

1.22

%

1.28

%

-5

%

Operating expenses to operating income

 

34.8

%

36.0

%

-3

%

35.4

%

35.3

%

0

%

Operating expenses to average assets

 

1.07

%

1.18

%

-9

%

1.12

%

1.20

%

-7

%

Net specific provisions

 

18

 

(1

)

large

 

17

 

(166

)

large

 

Net specific provision as a % of average net advances

 

-0.08

%

0.00

%

n/a

 

-0.04

%

0.40

%

large

 

Net non-accrual loans

 

169

 

169

 

0

%

169

 

299

 

-43

%

Net non-accrual loans as a % of net advances

 

0.35

%

0.37

%

-5

%

0.35

%

0.71

%

-51

%

Total employees

 

3,103

 

2,923

 

6

%

3,103

 

2,936

 

6

%

 

38



 

2005 result

 

Profit after tax increased by $66 million (8%), including an additional two months’ contribution from NBNZ of $16 million.  The impact of exchange rate movements was immaterial.  The result reflects the successful outcomes of strategic initiatives to return the business to sustainable growth.  This was achieved despite a $18 million reduction in earnings following the sale of the London-headquartered project finance business and the exit from certain non-core structured finance transactions.  The focus of the business is now on further initiatives to deliver revenue growth, combined with disciplined use of capital and continuing strong risk management.

 

Profit increased in three of the four Institutional businesses.  Strong deal flow and increased M&A activity delivered a 32% earnings increase for Corporate and Structured Financing’s continuing business, while a strong performance from the International Trade Finance business underpinned a 13% increase for Trade and Transaction Services. Profit from Markets increased by 15%, due to stronger client sales activity.  Asset growth in the Client Relationship Group was offset by tighter credit spreads and competitive pressures, resulting in reduced margins and a 2% decrease in earnings.

 

Significant factors affecting the result were:

 

      Net interest income grew by $54 million (8%).  Trade and Transaction Services increased $37 million due to increased lending and deposit volumes and improved margins in International Trade Finance.  Markets increased $20 million as a reduction in funding costs associated with unrealised trading gains resulted in a higher proportion of revenue being booked as interest.  Client Relationship Group increased by a modest 2%, with lending growth of 18% offset by ongoing margin erosion.  Net interest from non-continuing operations decreased by $23 million due to the sale of the London-headquartered project finance business.

 

      Overall loan volumes increased 15%, deposit volumes increased 10% and net interest margin decreased by 13 basis points.

 

      Other operating income increased $77 million (6%).  Markets increased $37 million (8%) on the back of strong client flow. Corporate and Structured Financing increased other operating income by $37 million (20%), reflecting a strong contribution from structured debt, advisory and the private equity portfolio.  This result was offset by a decrease of 6% in Client Relationship Group, due to lower fee income and a $14 million reduction in non-continuing operations.

 

      Operating expenses have increased by 6%, reflecting investment in people and systems in the transaction banking and custodian services businesses.

 

      Provision for doubtful debts was 13% lower reflecting improved credit quality and lower offshore exposures, including the London project finance assets.  Net specific provisions were $183 million lower, with no individually large new specific provisions in the year and writebacks on some offshore accounts.  Net non-accrual loans have decreased by 44% due to continuing improvements in the portfolio quality.

 

      Income tax expense increased $33 million, driven by increased profit and reduced non-taxable income, as certain structured finance transactions roll off.

 

Comparison with March 2005 half

 

Profit after tax increased by $19 million (4%).  The impact of exchange rate movements on translation of offshore earnings was immaterial.

 

Operating income increased by 5%.  Non interest income grew strongly reflecting improved cross sell from the Client Relationship Group. Trade and Transaction Services foreign exchange revenue increased 8% with increased trade flows through Asia and the UK, strong growth in custody partly relating to client acquisition and increased International Payments foreign exchange revenue.  Markets increased 4% with stronger client sales activity in Australia, New Zealand, the Pacific and Asia.  Client Relationship Group increased 2% with higher net interest income.  Corporate and Structured Financing’s continuing revenue increased 14% driven by strong fee growth.  Revenue in non-Continuing Business reduced by $5 million.

 

Operating expenses increased 2%.  Staff costs were higher, due to investment in people and systems in the transaction banking and custodian services businesses.

 

Provision for doubtful debts was flat.  Recoveries of offshore provisions and the absence of large new provisions resulted in a net credit specific provision for the half.

 

39



 

New Zealand Businesses(1)

Sir John Anderson

 

   ANZ Retail

 

 

   NBNZ Retail

 

 

   Rural Banking

 

 

   Corporate Banking

 

 

   Central Support (including Treasury)

 

 

   Excludes Institutional, UDC, integration and central funding

 

 

 

Half
year

 

Half
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

Full
year

 

Full
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Net interest income

 

721

 

713

 

1

%

1,434

 

1,211

 

18

%

Other external operating income

 

266

 

247

 

8

%

513

 

453

 

13

%

Net inter business unit fees

 

4

 

2

 

100

%

6

 

6

 

0

%

Operating income

 

991

 

962

 

3

%

1,953

 

1,670

 

17

%

External operating expenses

 

(490

)

(460

)

7

%

(950

)

(801

)

19

%

Net inter business unit expenses

 

(2

)

(3

)

-33

%

(5

)

(17

)

-71

%

Operating expenses

 

(492

)

(463

)

6

%

(955

)

(818

)

17

%

Profit before debt provision

 

499

 

499

 

0

%

998

 

852

 

17

%

Provision for doubtful debts

 

(46

)

(46

)

0

%

(92

)

(97

)

-5

%

Profit before income tax

 

453

 

453

 

0

%

906

 

755

 

20

%

Income tax expense and outside equity interests

 

(146

)

(146

)

0

%

(292

)

(242

)

21

%

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

307

 

307

 

0

%

614

 

513

 

20

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consisting of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ANZ Retail

 

92

 

95

 

-3

%

187

 

185

 

1

%

NBNZ Retail

 

122

 

119

 

3

%

241

 

166

 

45

%

Rural Banking

 

38

 

37

 

3

%

75

 

55

 

36

%

Corporate Banking

 

63

 

61

 

3

%

124

 

92

 

35

%

Central Support

 

(8

)

(5

)

60

%

(13

)

15

 

large

 

 

 

307

 

307

 

0

%

614

 

513

 

20

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loans & advances including acceptances

 

55,144

 

52,093

 

6

%

55,144

 

49,967

 

10

%

Other external assets

 

5,013

 

3,884

 

29

%

5,013

 

3,467

 

45

%

External assets

 

60,157

 

55,977

 

7

%

60,157

 

53,434

 

13

%

Deposits and other borrowings

 

46,078

 

46,470

 

-1

%

46,078

 

43,003

 

7

%

Other external liabilities

 

7,348

 

4,870

 

51

%

7,348

 

4,244

 

73

%

External liabilities

 

53,426

 

51,340

 

4

%

53,426

 

47,247

 

13

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest average margin

 

2.49

%

2.67

%

-7

%

2.58

%

2.73

%

-5

%

Return on assets

 

1.05

%

1.14

%

-8

%

1.09

%

1.09

%

0

%

Return on risk weighted assets

 

1.47

%

1.55

%

-5

%

1.55

%

1.55

%

0

%

Operating expenses to operating income

 

49.6

%

48.1

%

3

%

48.9

%

49.0

%

0

%

Operating expenses to average assets

 

1.68

%

1.72

%

-2

%

1.70

%

1.75

%

-3

%

Net specific provisions

 

(65

)

(26

)

large

 

(91

)

(36

)

large

 

Net specific provision as a % of average net advances

 

0.24

%

0.10

%

large

 

0.17

%

0.09

%

89

%

Net non-accrual loans

 

96

 

28

 

large

 

96

 

30

 

large

 

Net non-accrual loans as a % of net advances

 

0.17

%

0.05

%

large

 

0.17

%

0.06

%

large

 

Total employees

 

8,580

 

8,437

 

2

%

8,580

 

8,066

 

6

%

 


(1)  For a reconciliation of the New Zealand businesses results to the New Zealand Geographic results refer page 50

 

40



 

New Zealand businesses

Sir John Anderson

 

2005 result

 

Profit after tax for the New Zealand businesses increased $101 million (20%) including an additional two months contribution in 2005 from NBNZ ($50 million).  After adjusting for an additional two months contribution from NBNZ in 2005 and the impact of a 4% strengthening in the average NZD exchange rate, which impacted all trends, profit after tax growth in 2005 was 5%.

 

NBNZ Retail, Corporate Banking and Rural Banking posted strong profit growth with increases of 45%, 35% and 36% respectively (including the additional two months contribution from NBNZ).  Solid asset and deposit growth and favourable wholesale funding impacts were partly offset by lower margins from price competition and unfavourable product mix switching.  ANZ Retail profit after tax was flat, reflecting the competitor-driven net interest margin reduction, an increased proportion of low margin fixed rate mortgages, and reduced fee income from the restructuring of honour fees to address customer concerns as part of the ANZ Turnaround initiative.  Lower Treasury mismatch earnings was the main driver of the reduction in Central Support earnings.

 

Key influences on the result excluding the impact of the 4% strengthening in the average NZD exchange rate include the following:

 

      Net interest income increased 14% ($178 million).  This included an additional two months contribution from NBNZ ($125 million).  Excluding this net interest increased 3%.  Lending volumes increased 13% with growth in NBNZ Retail (13%), ANZ Retail (11%), Corporate Banking (18%) and Rural (12%).  Deposit volumes increased 7% in customer businesses with solid deposit growth in ANZ Retail (8%), NBNZ Retail (6%), Corporate Banking (8%) and Rural (5%).  Treasury wholesale funding volumes increased by $5.5 billion to fund asset growth across the New Zealand businesses.

 

Net interest margins have reduced 15 basis points impacted by: competition from the ‘mortgage price war’ and customer migration from variable rate to fixed rate mortgages, increasing wholesale funding costs, changes in deposit mix with growth in lower margin call and term deposit products in ANZ Retail, and a $26 million reduction in Treasury due to lower mismatch earnings and from a rising interest rate environment.  Lending margins in Rural decreased slightly.  These factors were partially offset by stronger deposit margins in NBNZ Retail.

 

      Other operating income increased 9% due largely to the additional two months contribution from NBNZ ($37 million). Excluding this, other operating income was flat with growth in loan approval fees in ANZ Retail and NBNZ Retail impacted by significant competitor-driven fee discounting and waivers.  Fees in ANZ Retail reduced $12 million with a change in fee structures as part of the “ANZ Turnaround” initiative.  Rural Banking and Corporate Banking fees increased 7% and 10% respectively, driven by lending growth.  NBNZ Retail achieved growth in sales commissions and Life Company profits.

 

      Operating expenses increased 13%.  Excluding the additional two months contribution from NBNZ ($79 million) expense growth was contained to 4%.  Salary increases and an increase in numbers of front-line staff (6% higher) were offset by constraints on discretionary spend growth, and reduced internal charges from Australia following the transfer of support functions back to New Zealand and certain branch software now being fully amortised.

 

      Provision for doubtful debts reduced by $9 million.  The additional two months contribution from NBNZ ($12 million) and increased lending volumes were offset by a reduction in expected loss factors in NBNZ following further analysis of loss history, improved credit quality and an increased proportion of low risk residential and rural lending.  Net specific provisions and non accrual loan increases relate to two isolated corporate accounts and exposures to the apple and pear export industry.

 

Comparison with March 2005 half

 

Profit after tax was flat, with growth in NBNZ Retail, Rural Banking, and Corporate Banking all at 3% being offset by reductions in ANZ Retail (-3%), and Treasury.  The impact of movements in exchange rates was negligible.

 

      Net interest income increased 1%.  Lending volumes increased 6% with growth in all businesses, whilst deposits in NBNZ Retail and ANZ Retail grew 3% and 4% respectively.  Interest margin has declined by 18 basis points reflecting the impact of competition, in particular the ‘mortgage price war’, product switching from floating to fixed rate loans, and a change in funding mix to more expensive deposit and wholesale products.

 

      Other operating income increased 8%.  Volume growth in all segments and higher commissions from INGA were offset by reduced pricing, including increased discounting of mortgage loan approval fees.

 

      Operating costs increased 6% with a 2% increase in staff numbers reflecting an increased investment in frontline staff.

 

      Provision for doubtful debts was flat with the impact of volume growth being offset by an increased proportion of lower risk housing loans.  An increase in net specific provisions results largely from two corporate accounts and exposures to the apple and pear export industry.

 

41



 

Corporate Australia

Graham Hodges

 

   Corporate Banking Australia

   Business Banking Australia

   Small Business Banking

 

 

 

Half
year

 

Half
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

Full
year

 

Full
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Net interest income

 

353

 

344

 

3

%

697

 

640

 

9

%

Other external operating income

 

151

 

143

 

6

%

294

 

275

 

7

%

Net inter business unit fees

 

(48

)

(46

)

4

%

(94

)

(86

)

9

%

Operating income

 

456

 

441

 

3

%

897

 

829

 

8

%

External operating expenses

 

(117

)

(115

)

2

%

(232

)

(214

)

8

%

Net inter business unit expenses

 

(31

)

(31

)

 

(62

)

(66

)

-6

%

Operating expenses

 

(148

)

(146

)

1

%

(294

)

(280

)

5

%

Profit before debt provision

 

308

 

295

 

4

%

603

 

549

 

10

%

Provision for doubtful debts

 

(34

)

(32

)

6

%

(66

)

(61

)

8

%

Profit before income tax

 

274

 

263

 

4

%

537

 

488

 

10

%

Income tax expense and outside equity interests

 

(82

)

(79

)

4

%

(161

)

(147

)

10

%

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

192

 

184

 

4

%

376

 

341

 

10

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consisting of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business Banking Australia

 

95

 

91

 

4

%

186

 

172

 

8

%

Corporate Banking Australia

 

71

 

67

 

6

%

138

 

120

 

15

%

Small Business Banking

 

26

 

26

 

0

%

52

 

49

 

6

%

 

 

192

 

184

 

4

%

376

 

341

 

10

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loans & advances including acceptances

 

21,158

 

19,877

 

6

%

21,158

 

19,010

 

11

%

Other external assets

 

105

 

108

 

-3

%

105

 

88

 

19

%

External assets

 

21,263

 

19,985

 

6

%

21,263

 

19,098

 

11

%

Deposits and other borrowings

 

18,000

 

17,023

 

6

%

18,000

 

16,125

 

12

%

Other external liabilities

 

6,110

 

5,790

 

6

%

6,110

 

5,711

 

7

%

External liabilities

 

24,110

 

22,813

 

6

%

24,110

 

21,836

 

10

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest average margin

 

3.85

%

3.93

%

-2

%

3.89

%

3.94

%

-1

%

Return on assets

 

1.64

%

1.65

%

-1

%

1.64

%

1.62

%

1

%

Return on risk weighted assets

 

1.89

%

1.92

%

-2

%

1.90

%

1.92

%

-1

%

Operating expenses to operating income

 

32.5

%

33.1

%

-2

%

32.8

%

33.8

%

-3

%

Operating expenses to average assets

 

1.26

%

1.30

%

-3

%

1.28

%

1.33

%

-4

%

Net specific provisions

 

(18

)

(23

)

-22

%

(41

)

(43

)

-5

%

Net specific provision as a % of average net advances

 

0.18

%

0.24

%

-25

%

0.21

%

0.24

%

-13

%

Net non-accrual loans

 

40

 

56

 

-29

%

40

 

51

 

-22

%

Net non-accrual loans as a % of net advances

 

0.19

%

0.28

%

-32

%

0.19

%

0.27

%

-30

%

Total employees

 

1,941

 

1,881

 

3

%

1,941

 

1,761

 

10

%

 

42



 

Corporate Australia

Graham Hodges

 

2005 result

 

Profit after tax increased by 10%.  Significant influences on the result were:

 

      Net interest income increased 9% driven by growth in both average lending (13%) and average deposits (10%).

 

The growth in average lending (Corporate Banking 10% and Business Banking 16%) and average deposit volumes (Corporate Banking 12%, Business Banking 9% and Small Business Banking 12%) resulted from a continued focus on new customer acquisition as well as growth from existing customers.  Key factors in achieving growth were ANZ’s competitive customer service proposition, continued investment in people and process simplification, as well as the industry and local market specialisation approach to customers.  Overall balance sheet growth has continued to slow in the Business Banking segment.  This reflects the impact of a modest reduction in growth in new business due to the slowdown in the property market and increased competition combined with the impact of on-going loan amortisation flowing from the continued strong cash performance of businesses in this market segment.

 

The net interest margin declined by 5 basis points, with the fall weighted to the second half of the year.  For the year, the fall was largely driven by portfolio mix changes.  Competitive pressure had a modest impact on both deposit and lending margins.

 

      Other external operating income increased 7%, with a strong contribution from the success of the ‘Wall St to Main St’ proposition, which has included private equity exit profits and deal fees.  Higher net inter business unit fees reflects continued investment in the branch network.

 

      Operating expenses increased only 5% despite a significant investment in frontline staff in Small Business Banking and ongoing investment in Business Banking.  Despite the significant set-up investment in Small Business staff, revenue per FTE has remained relatively stable over the period and the cost to income ratio reduced from 33.8% to 32.8%.

 

      Provision for doubtful debts increased by 8%.  This is below the growth in average lending assets and reflects the sound credit quality and strong focus on risk management and compliance in both the Business Banking and Corporate Banking segments.

 

      Net specific provisions, at $41 million, were down 5% and below economic loss provisioning levels.  Consistent with the emphasis placed on credit quality, non-accrual loans decreased to a low level of 0.19% of net advances.

 

Comparison with March 2005 half

 

Profit after tax increased 4%, with growth in Corporate Banking of 6% and Business Banking of 4%.  Net interest income increased 3% from growth in both average lending and average deposit volumes (both 4%).  Net interest margins declined 8 basis points due to changes in product mix, reflecting a combination of higher growth rates in lower margin products and growing competition in business markets.  Operating costs increased by 1% driven by continued investment in frontline staff, funded in part through effective cost management and an expense refunds relating to prior periods.  The Small Business result for this period reflects the significant investment made in this establishing business.  Provision for doubtful debts increased by 6% reflecting growth in lending volumes.

 

43



 

Esanda and UDC

Elizabeth Proust

 

A leading provider of vehicle and equipment finance, rental services and fixed and at call investments. Operates in Australia as Esanda and Esanda FleetPartners and in New Zealand as UDC and Esanda FleetPartners

 

 

 

Half
year

 

Half
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

Full
year

 

Full
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Net interest income

 

186

 

183

 

2

%

369

 

360

 

3

%

Other external operating income

 

64

 

57

 

12

%

121

 

104

 

16

%

Net inter business unit fees

 

(5

)

(4

)

25

%

(9

)

(8

)

13

%

Operating income

 

245

 

236

 

4

%

481

 

456

 

5

%

External operating expenses

 

(81

)

(81

)

0

%

(162

)

(159

)

2

%

Net inter business unit expenses

 

(12

)

(14

)

-14

%

(26

)

(27

)

-4

%

Operating expenses

 

(93

)

(95

)

-2

%

(188

)

(186

)

1

%

Profit before debt provision

 

152

 

141

 

8

%

293

 

270

 

9

%

Provision for doubtful debts

 

(31

)

(31

)

0

%

(62

)

(67

)

-7

%

Profit before income tax

 

121

 

110

 

10

%

231

 

203

 

14

%

Income tax expense and outside equity interests

 

(39

)

(33

)

18

%

(72

)

(60

)

20

%

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

82

 

77

 

6

%

159

 

143

 

11

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses to operating income

 

38.0

%

40.3

%

-6

%

39.1

%

40.8

%

-4

%

Net specific provisions

 

(48

)

(24

)

100

%

(72

)

(47

)

53

%

Net non-accrual loans

 

39

 

43

 

-9

%

39

 

37

 

5

%

Total employees

 

1,351

 

1,349

 

0

%

1,351

 

1,297

 

4

%

 

2005 result

 

Profit after tax increased 11%.  Profit growth in Australia (15%) was partly offset by a flat result in New Zealand, which was impacted by structural changes and competitive pressure.  Significant influences on the result were:

 

      Net interest income grew 3% with a 5% increase in lending volumes due to solid new business writings in Australia offset by reduced volumes in New Zealand.  An 11 basis point decline in margins resulted from the run-off of higher yielding loans during the year which were increasingly replaced by new business from lower risk, lower margin segments.

 

      Other operating income grew 16%, due to increased fees from value-added fleet management services, the full year impact of changes in the fee structure, higher new business writings, higher predetermination fees and the $7 million impact of aligning the revenue recognition on leases in the New Zealand Fleet business with Group accounting policies.

 

      Operating expenses increased by 1% due to annual salary increases and an increased investment in growth with additional front-line staff.  The continued control of expenses and growth in income has resulted in the cost to income ratio being reduced to 39.1% from 40.8% in 2004.

 

      Provision for doubtful debts decreased by 7% despite a 5% increase in lending volumes reflecting the continued improvement in credit quality over recent years.  Net specific provisions were higher compared to the 2004 historically low level, largely associated with the commercial loan portfolio and the exited aircraft lease business ($9 million).

 

      In May 2005, Esanda On-Line Saver was launched nationally.  By the end of September $163 million in deposits were held, with approximately 66% of On-Line customers new to the Group.

 

Comparison with March 2005 half

 

Profit after tax grew by 6%.  Net interest income grew 2% driven by a 3% increase in lending volumes.  Other operating income increased 12% due primarily to increased fees and the $7 million impact of aligning the revenue recognition on leases in the New Zealand Fleet business with Group accounting policies.  Operating expenses decreased by 2% with an increase in personnel costs due to annual salary increases offset by the finalisation of indirect taxation related issues.  Provision for doubtful debts were flat.  Net non-accrual loans were $4 million lower reflecting the overall improvement in credit quality.  Net specific provisions increased with the commercial loan portfolio recording several specific provisions and a write-off on the exited aircraft lease business ($9 million).

 

44



 

Asia Pacific

Elmer Funke Kupper

 

Provision of retail and corporate banking services in the Pacific Region and Asia, including ANZ’s share of PT Panin Bank in Indonesia; this business excludes Institutional businesses, which are a ‘matrix’ responsibility and included in Institutional business unit results. Geographic results are included on page 51

 

 

 

Half
year

 

Half
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

Full
year

 

Full
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Net interest income

 

85

 

78

 

9

%

163

 

153

 

7

%

Other external operating income

 

76

 

73

 

4

%

149

 

147

 

1

%

Operating income

 

161

 

151

 

7

%

312

 

300

 

4

%

External operating expenses

 

(91

)

(81

)

12

%

(172

)

(145

)

19

%

Net inter business unit expenses

 

1

 

 

n/a

 

1

 

2

 

-50

%

Operating expenses

 

(90

)

(81

)

11

%

(171

)

(143

)

20

%

Profit before debt provision

 

71

 

70

 

1

%

141

 

157

 

-10

%

Provision for doubtful debts

 

(12

)

(11

)

9

%

(23

)

(23

)

0

%

Profit before income tax

 

59

 

59

 

 

118

 

134

 

-12

%

Income tax expense and outside equity interests

 

(12

)

(11

)

9

%

(23

)

(23

)

0

%

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

47

 

48

 

-2

%

95

 

111

 

-14

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses to operating income

 

55.9

%

53.6

%

4

%

54.8

%

47.7

%

15

%

Net specific provisions

 

(7

)

(17

)

-59

%

(24

)

(14

)

71

%

Net non-accrual loans

 

22

 

15

 

47

%

22

 

17

 

29

%

Total employees

 

2,195

 

2,040

 

8

%

2,195

 

1,979

 

11

%

 

2005 result

 

Profit after tax decreased by 14%.  Excluding the impact of exchange rate movements profit reduced 12%.  Core business performance was offset by lower equity accounting earnings for PT Panin Bank with lower provision adjustments included in the equity accounted result ($15 million) and a $6 million tax credit in 2004.

 

Excluding exchange rate movements the main drivers of the results were:

 

      Net interest income increased 11%.  A 23% growth in lending volumes and 16% growth in deposits were largely offset by the structural change in the interest rate environment in PNG, with average Treasury Bill rates falling by approximately 600 basis points in the March 2005 half year.

 

      Other external operating income increased 4%. Fee growth increased 12% largely in Fiji, PNG and the Cards business in Indonesia and was partly offset by lower equity accounting earnings for PT Panin Bank.

 

      Operating expenses increased $33 million as a result of costs associated with building partner relationships in China, Vietnam and Cambodia, and continued support for the centralisation of regional operations in Fiji.  In addition, the management team in Asia has been strengthened to provide additional specialist product skills to support higher growth rates in Asia.

 

      Provision for doubtful debts increased by 9% mainly due to growth in assets.  The increase in net specific provisions is due to provisioning for one account.

 

      Income tax expense increased $1 million with the higher effective tax rate resulting from a $6 million tax credit arising from the repayment of foreign currency loans upon the exercise of options in PT Panin in 2004 which reduced the rate for that year.

 

Comparison with March 2005 half

 

Profit after tax reduced 2%.  Net interest increased 9% driven by 10% growth in lending volumes. Other operating income grew 4% with strong card and other fee growth being offset by reduced equity accounted income from PT Panin.  Operating expenses increased largely as a result of advancing the partnership business agenda in Asia.  The impact of exchange rate movements was immaterial.

 

45



 

Group Centre

 

   Group People Capital

 

 

   Group Risk Management

 

 

   Treasury

 

 

   Group Strategic Development

 

 

   Group Financial Management

 

 

   Operations, Technology and Shared Services

 

 

 

 

 

Half
year

 

Half
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

Full
year

 

Full
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Net interest income

 

144

 

125

 

15

%

269

 

268

 

0

%

Other external operating income

 

(4

)

19

 

large

 

15

 

20

 

-25

%

Net inter business unit fees

 

2

 

 

n/a

 

2

 

(7

)

large

 

Operating income

 

142

 

144

 

-1

%

286

 

281

 

2

%

External operating expenses

 

(474

)

(461

)

3

%

(935

)

(847

)

10

%

Net inter business unit expenses

 

257

 

254

 

1

%

511

 

522

 

-2

%

Operating expenses

 

(217

)

(207

)

5

%

(424

)

(325

)

30

%

Profit before debt provision

 

(75

)

(63

)

19

%

(138

)

(44

)

large

 

Provision for doubtful debts

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

(41

)

-100

%

Profit before income tax

 

(75

)

(63

)

19

%

(138

)

(85

)

62

%

Income tax expense and outside equity interests

 

12

 

2

 

large

 

14

 

(32

)

large

 

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

(63

)

(61

)

3

%

(124


)

(117

)

6

%

Including:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury

 

10

 

9

 

11

%

19

 

53

 

-64

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total employees

 

4,190

 

3,951

 

6

%

4,190

 

3,797

 

10

%

 

2005 result

 

The result for the Group Centre was a loss of $124 million compared with a loss of $117 million in 2004.  Significant influences on the result were:

 

      The strengthening of the average NZD exchange rate resulted in a $29 million after tax reduction in income on contracts put in place to hedge NZD denominated earnings.  These losses were offset in New Zealand Businesses, and the New Zealand component of the Institutional and Esanda and UDC businesses.  In addition the maturity of contracts put in place to hedge USD revenues resulted in a further decline of $11 million after tax.

 

      The investment of the Euro hybrid issue proceeds and retained profits increased profit after tax by approximately $14 million.

 

      Group Treasury earnings reduced $34 million largely as a result of reduced domestic mismatch income attributed to a benign interest rate environment, combined with lower earnings resulting from a restructuring of Asian balance sheet management books.

 

      Other operating income reduced $5 million with lower capital investment earnings (net of hedge earnings) from INGA.

 

      Operating expenses increased $99 million with increased risk management and compliance costs including Basel II, GST, IFRS and the US Sarbanes Oxley legislation.  Goodwill amortisation increased $33 million, largely as a result of an additional 2 months related to the NBNZ acquisition.  The non-lending losses charge increased $15 million mainly related to cheque conversion fraud.  Includes centrally funded growth projects.

 

      Provision for doubtful debts reduced $41 million with no additional charge in the Group Centre as a result of an end to the provision for unexpected offshore credit losses.

 

Comparison with March 2005 half

 

The half year loss of $63 million was flat with the March 2005 half.  Revenue was flat, with higher net interest offset by lower capital investment earnings (net of hedge earnings) in INGA following the payment of dividends.  External operating expenses increased 3% with the impact of a 6% increase in staff offset by the inclusion of provisioning for cheque conversion fraud in the March half.

 

46



 

GEOGRAPHIC SEGMENT PERFORMANCE

 

Geographic performance

 

 

 

Half
year

 

Half
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

Full
year

 

Full
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Net profit attributable to shareholders of the company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,108

 

1,051

 

5

%

2,159

 

1,984

 

9

%

New Zealand

 

259

 

269

 

-4

%

528

 

495

 

7

%

Asia Pacific

 

100

 

84

 

19

%

184

 

191

 

-4

%

Other

 

76

 

71

 

7

%

147

 

145

 

1

%

 

 

1,543

 

1,475

 

5

%

3,018

 

2,815

 

7

%

 

 

 

Half
year

 

Half
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

Full
year

 

Full
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Net profit excluding significant
items(1) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,108

 

1,051

 

5

%

2,159

 

1,886

 

14

%

New Zealand

 

280

 

286

 

-2

%

566

 

509

 

11

%

Asia Pacific

 

100

 

84

 

19

%

184

 

191

 

-4

%

Other

 

76

 

71

 

7

%

147

 

145

 

1

%

 

 

1,564

 

1,492

 

5

%

3,056

 

2,731

 

12

%

 


(1)  In 2005 ANZ has classified $14 million after tax profit on the sale of NBNZ life businesses as a significant item. In 2004 ANZ has classified the $14 million profit after tax on settlement of the INGA completion accounts and $84 million net profit after tax arising from the TrUEPrS transaction as significant items. ANZ excludes significant items to eliminate the distorting effect of one-off transactions on the results of its core business (refer page 12)

(2)  In 2005 ANZ has incurred $52 million after tax NBNZ incremental integration costs (2004 full year: $14 million; Sept 2005 half: $35 million; Mar 2005 half: $17 million). NBNZ incremental integration costs are excluded to enable analysis of the cost base following completion of the integration (refer page 12)

 

Net profit after income tax

 

 

 

Australia

 

New
Zealand

 

Asia
Pacific

 

Other

 

Total

 

Full Year 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personal(1)

 

1,013

 

503

 

75

 

 

1,591

 

Institutional(2)

 

559

 

200

 

85

 

57

 

901

 

Corporate

 

376

 

124

 

49

 

 

549

 

Esanda and UDC

 

122

 

37

 

 

 

159

 

Group Centre(3)

 

89

 

(336

)

(25

)

90

 

(182

)

 

 

2,159

 

528

 

184

 

147

 

3,018

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

New
Zealand

 

Asia
Pacific

 

Other

 

Total

 

Full Year 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personal(1)

 

883

 

406

 

69

 

 

1,358

 

Institutional(2)

 

516

 

184

 

64

 

77

 

841

 

Corporate

 

341

 

92

 

59

 

 

492

 

Esanda and UDC

 

106

 

37

 

 

 

143

 

Group Centre(3)

 

138

 

(224

)

(1

)

68

 

(19

)

 

 

1,984

 

495

 

191

 

145

 

2,815

 

 


(1)  New Zealand Personal includes small business banking and Rural

(2)  Includes foreign exchange earnings in the Pacific

(3)  Includes integration costs and shareholder functions in Australia and New Zealand

 

47



 

Australia

 

 

 

Half
year

 

Half
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

Full
year

 

Full
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

1,939

 

1,859

 

4

%

3,798

 

3,450

 

10

%

Fee income

 

957

 

877

 

9

%

1,834

 

1,680

 

9

%

Other operating income

 

265

 

266

 

0

%

531

 

650

 

-18

%

Operating income

 

3,161

 

3,002

 

5

%

6,163

 

5,780

 

7

%

Operating expenses

 

(1,410

)

(1,362

)

4

%

(2,772

)

(2,551

)

9

%

Profit before debt provision

 

1,751

 

1,640

 

7

%

3,391

 

3,229

 

5

%

Provision for doubtful debts

 

(216

)

(200

)

8

%

(416

)

(444

)

-6

%

Income tax expense

 

(427

)

(389

)

10

%

(816

)

(802

)

2

%

Outside equity interest

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

1

 

-100

%

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

1,108

 

1,051

 

5

%

2,159

 

1,984

 

9

%

Net interest average margin

 

2.30

%

2.38

%

-3

%

2.34

%

2.48

%

-6

%

Return on risk weighted assets

 

1.54

%

1.57

%

-2

%

1.55

%

1.61

%

-4

%

Operating expenses(1) to operating income

 

44.5

%

45.2

%

-2

%

44.8

%

44.0

%

2

%

Operating expenses(1) to average assets

 

1.45

%

1.52

%

-5

%

1.49

%

1.56

%

-4

%

Net specific provision

 

(151

)

(101

)

50

%

(252

)

(361

)

-30

%

Net specific provision as a % of average net advances

 

0.18

%

0.13

%

38

%

0.16

%

0.26

%

-38

%

Net non-accrual loans

 

202

 

220

 

-8

%

202

 

213

 

-5

%

Net non-accrual loans as a % of net advances

 

0.12

%

0.14

%

-14

%

0.12

%

0.14

%

-14

%

Total employees

 

18,043

 

17,389

 

4

%

18,043

 

16,815

 

7

%

Lending growth

 

5.8

%

8.4

%

 

 

14.6

%

13.8

%

 

 

External assets

 

195,500

 

185,434

 

5

%

195,500

 

170,455

 

15

%

Risk weighted assets

 

145,136

 

139,243

 

4

%

145,136

 

129,764

 

12

%

 


(1)  This excludes goodwill amortisation of $8 million (2004 full year: $8 million; Sep 2005 half: $4 million; Mar 2005 half: $4 million)

 

2005 result

 

Profit after tax increased by 9%.  Excluding the Australian component of significant items (refer page 12), profit increased by 14%.  Significant influences on the result were:

 

      Net interest income increased by 10%.  Average net loans and advances increased 17%, driven by growth in Personal Banking Australia 15%, Institutional 27%, Corporate Australia 16% and Esanda 8%.  Average deposit and other borrowing volumes increased 15%, comprising Personal Banking Australia 10%, Institutional 18%, Corporate Australia 10%, Group Treasury 33% and Esanda 12%.  Margins decreased 14 basis points with a change in the asset mix increased volumes of wholesale funding, lower earnings on contracts put in place to hedge offshore revenue, and competition in Institutional, Mortgages and retail deposits.  This was partly offset in Markets, where a higher proportion of revenue was booked as net interest ($29 million), partly offset by lower other operating income.

 

      Fee income increased by 9% with a 11% increase in Personal Banking Australia underpinned by growth in transaction account Merchant and card numbers and higher income from financial planners.  Institutional increased 5% with growth in Corporate & Structured Financing offsetting the impact of increased competition in Client Relationship Group.  Esanda grew 18% reflecting increased new business volumes and higher predetermination fees.

 

      Other operating income decreased $119 million.  The 2004 year included $124 million profit from significant items, (refer page 12). Markets decreased $13 million, offset by higher net interest income.  Excluding these impacts, other operating income increased 3% with higher earnings from the sale of equity securities (including Private Equity).

 

      Operating expenses increased by 9% reflecting an increased investment in frontline staff, annual salary increases, and increased compliance costs including the US Sarbanes Oxley legislation and IFRS.

 

      Provision for doubtful debts decreased by 6% driven by a $41 million reduction in the Group Centre.  The impact of volume growth was partly offset by improved credit quality in most portfolios.  Net specific provisions decreased $109 million mainly in Institutional reflecting an improvement in overall credit quality and no new large credit provisions during the year.

 

Comparison with March 2005 half

 

Profit after tax increased 5%.  Net interest income increased 4% with higher lending volumes partly offset by 8 basis point margin contraction.  Fee income increased 9% with growth in Personal Banking Australia (8%), Institutional (15%), Corporate (7%) and Esanda (9%).  Operating expenses increased 4% reflecting the 4% increase in staff numbers.  Net specific provisions increased $50 million due largely to seasonal credit card delinquencies and the final write-off of the exited aircraft lease business in Esanda.

 

48



 

New Zealand

 

 

 

Half
year

 

Half
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

Full
year

 

Full
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

798

 

789

 

1

%

1,587

 

1,371

 

16

%

Fee income

 

288

 

277

 

4

%

565

 

507

 

11

%

Other operating income

 

104

 

75

 

39

%

179

 

131

 

37

%

Operating income

 

1,190

 

1,141

 

4

%

2,331

 

2,009

 

16

%

Operating expenses

 

(725

)

(661

)

10

%

(1,386

)

(1,128

)

23

%

Profit before debt provision

 

465

 

480

 

-3

%

945

 

881

 

7

%

Provision for doubtful debts

 

(56

)

(57

)

-2

%

(113

)

(118

)

-4

%

Income tax expense

 

(149

)

(154

)

-3

%

(303

)

(266

)

14

%

Outside equity interests

 

(1

)

 

n/a

 

(1

)

(2

)

-50

%

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

259

 

269

 

-4

%

528

 

495

 

7

%

Net interest average margin

 

2.29

%

2.43

%

-6

%

2.36

%

2.50

%

-6

%

Return on risk weighted assets

 

0.97

%

1.04

%

-7

%

1.00

%

1.15

%

-13

%

Operating expenses(1) to operating income

 

53.9

%

50.6

%

7

%

52.3

%

49.4

%

6

%

Operating expenses(1) to average assets

 

1.68

%

1.60

%

5

%

1.64

%

1.63

%

1

%

Net specific provision

 

(78

)

(29

)

large

 

(107

)

(44

)

large

 

Net specific provision as a % of average net advances

 

0.25

%

0.10

%

large

 

0.18

%

0.09

%

100

%

Net non-accrual loans

 

111

 

42

 

large

 

111

 

47

 

large

 

Net non-accrual loans as a % of net advances

 

0.17

%

0.07

%

large

 

0.17

%

0.08

%

large

 

Total employees

 

9,515

 

9,256

 

3

%

9,515

 

8,816

 

8

%

Lending growth (including FX impact)

 

5.6

%

5.0

%

 

 

10.8

%

180.3

%

 

 

Lending growth (excluding FX impact)

 

6.5

%

6.9

%

 

 

13.9

%

162.4

%

 

 

External assets

 

78,474

 

73,566

 

7

%

78,474

 

69,801

 

12

%

Risk weighted assets

 

55,501

 

53,472

 

4

%

55,501

 

49,863

 

11

%

 


(1)  This excludes goodwill amortisation of $168 million (2004 full year: $135 million; Sep 2005 half: $84 million; Mar 2005 half: $84 million)

 

The following table represents the New Zealand geography in local currency (NZD).

 

 

 

Half
year

 

Half
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

Full
year

 

Full
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

NZ$M

 

NZ$M

 

%

 

NZ$M

 

NZ$M

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

867

 

855

 

1

%

1,722

 

1,543

 

12

%

Fee income

 

313

 

300

 

4

%

613

 

571

 

7

%

Other operating income

 

112

 

81

 

38

%

193

 

147

 

31

%

Operating income

 

1,292

 

1,236

 

5

%

2,528

 

2,261

 

12

%

Operating expenses

 

(787

)

(716

)

10

%

(1,503

)

(1,270

)

18

%

Profit before debt provision

 

505

 

520

 

-3

%

1,025

 

991

 

3

%

Provision for doubtful debts

 

(60

)

(62

)

-3

%

(122

)

(133

)

-8

%

Income tax expense

 

(162

)

(167

)

-3

%

(329

)

(299

)

10

%

Outside equity interests

 

(1

)

 

n/a

 

(1

)

(2

)

-50

%

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

282

 

291

 

-3

%

573

 

557

 

3

%

External assets

 

86,305

 

80,179

 

8

%

86,305

 

74,687

 

16

%

Risk weighted assets

 

61,037

 

58,280

 

5

%

61,037

 

53,353

 

14

%

 

49



 

Reconciliation of Geographic result

 

 

 

Half
year

 

Half
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

Full
year

 

Full
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

NZ Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand Businesses

 

307

 

307

 

0

%

614

 

513

 

20

%

UDC

 

20

 

17

 

18

%

37

 

37

 

0

%

NZ Institutional

- continuing operations

 

84

 

85

 

-1

%

169

 

150

 

13

%

 

- non-continuing operations

 

15

 

16

 

-6

%

31

 

34

 

-9

%

Integration costs

 

(44

)

(21

)

large

 

(65

)

(29

)

large

 

NZ shareholder functions

 

(123

)

(135

)

-9

%

(258

)

(210

)

23

%

New Zealand geography

 

259

 

269

 

-4

%

528

 

495

 

7

%

 

2005 result

 

Profit after tax increased by 7%.  After adjusting for the impact of a 4% strengthening in the average NZD exchange rate, which impacted all trends, $14 million profit on sale of the NBNZ Life businesses and the inclusion of an additional two months contribution from NBNZ in 2005 ($29 million including acquisition and funding costs), profit after tax reduced 5%.  Increased profit in New Zealand Businesses has been offset by higher funding costs from rate rises, reduced profit as a result of the planned roll-off of certain structured finance transactions and increased integration spend.

 

Key influences on the result excluding the impact of exchange rates include:

 

      Net interest income increased $160 million including an additional two months contribution from NBNZ ($127 million including acquisition and funding costs).  Lending volumes increased 14% with growth in New Zealand businesses (13%) and Institutional (40%, mainly in Client Relationship Group and Structured Financing) offsetting a reduction in UDC (-12%).  Customer deposit volumes increased 7% in New Zealand businesses.  Net interest margins declined 14 basis points as a result of the mortgage price war and migration of customers to floating from fixed rate loans, higher funding costs from growth in wholesale debt and lower margin deposits, slight margin reductions in UDC, Rural and Institutional Banking, and lower Treasury mismatch earnings.

 

      Fee income increased $39 million as a result of an additional two months contribution from NBNZ ($38 million) with retail loan approval fees constrained, as a result of competitive discounting, and a decision to restructure the honour fee in ANZ Retail, offsetting volume driven growth in fees in Institutional.

 

      Other operating income was $43 million higher with an additional two months contribution from NBNZ ($15 million), profit on sale of NBNZ Life ($14 million after tax) and increased income from private equity transactions.

 

      Operating expenses increased $215 million including an additional two months contribution from NBNZ ($115 million including goodwill amortisation) and an increased integration spend ($34 million).  An increased investment in front-line staff and integration has resulted in staff numbers increasing by 8%.

 

      Provision for doubtful debts reduced by $10 million with increased lending volumes being offset by the revision of expectedloss factors in NBNZ following further analysis of loss history and an increased proportion of low risk residential and rural lending.  Increased net specific provisions and non-accrual loans result largely from two corporate accounts and exposures to the apple and pear export industry.

 

Comparison with March 2005 half

 

Profit after tax reduced by 4% with an increased integration spend and a $2 million reduction in Institutional offsetting increased profit in UDC ($3 million).  The New Zealand Businesses result was flat.  The Institutional result includes a reduction in profit related to non-continuing structured finance activities.  The impact of exchange rate movements was negligible.

 

      Net interest income increased 1%.  Lending volumes increased 7% with 6% growth in New Zealand Businesses and 16% growth in Institutional offset by a reduction in UDC of 7%.  Net interest margins have reduced 11 basis points reflecting the impact of the mortgage price war, migration from fixed to floating loans and growth in higher cost funding sources partially offset by a net benefit from wholesale rates with increased earnings on the investment of capital and rate insensitive deposits.

 

      Fee income increased 4% as a result of increased lending volumes generally and growth in Institutional offset by competitive discounting of loan approval fees and the restructured honour fee in ANZ Retail.

 

      Other operating income increased 39% as a result of the $14 million after tax profit on sale of the NBNZ Life businesses, growth in New Zealand Businesses resulting from higher commissions from INGA, and the impact in UDC of aligning the revenue recognition in New Zealand FleetPartners with Group policies. These were partly offset by the write-down of a private equity investment in Institutional.

 

      Operating costs increased 10% driven by a 3% increase in staff (largely frontline) and an increased integration spend.

 

      Provision for doubtful debts reduced 2% with volume growth offset by an increased proportion of lower risk housing loans.  Net specific provisions increased largely as a result of two corporate accounts and exposure to the apple and pear export industry.

 

50



 

Asia Pacific

Elmer Funke Kupper

 

 

 

Half
year

 

Half
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

Full
year

 

Full
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

119

 

102

 

17

%

221

 

224

 

-1

%

Fee income

 

63

 

55

 

15

%

118

 

110

 

7

%

Other operating income

 

88

 

79

 

11

%

167

 

150

 

11

%

Operating income

 

270

 

236

 

14

%

506

 

484

 

5

%

Operating expenses

 

(125

)

(114

)

10

%

(239

)

(209

)

14

%

Profit before debt provision

 

145

 

122

 

19

%

267

 

275

 

-3

%

Provision for doubtful debts

 

(16

)

(15

)

7

%

(31

)

(34

)

-9

%

Income tax expense

 

(28

)

(22

)

27

%

(50

)

(47

)

6

%

Outside equity interests

 

(1

)

(1

)

0

%

(2

)

(3

)

-33

%

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

100

 

84

 

19

%

184

 

191

 

-4

%

Operating expenses(1) to operating income

 

45.6

%

47.9

%

-5

%

46.6

%

42.6

%

9

%

Net specific provision

 

(9

)

(15

)

-40

%

(24

)

(19

)

26

%

Net non-accrual loans

 

27

 

21

 

29

%

27

 

22

 

23

%

Total employees

 

2,432

 

2,275

 

7

%

2,432

 

2,221

 

10

%


(1)  This excludes goodwill amortisation of $3 million (2004 full year: $3 million; Sep 2005 half: $2 million; Mar 2005 half: $1 million)

 

2005 result

 

Profit after tax decreased 4%, with 2004 including adjustments to equity accounted earnings (refer page 45).  Core business performance improved by 17%.  The appreciation of the AUD suppressed profit growth by 2% ($3 million).

 

Excluding exchange rate movements:

 

      Net interest increased 3% with strong growth in lending volumes largely offset by the impact of the structural change in the interest rate environment in PNG, with average Treasury Bill rates falling by approximately 600 basis points in the March 2005 half.  Stronger trade volumes in Asia were offset by reduced Treasury earnings in Singapore.

 

      Fee income increased 12% with higher transaction volumes in Corporate & Structured Financing, Trade & Transaction Services and Cards in Asia and higher lending volumes in the Pacific.

 

      Other external operating income increased 12% with ANZ’s strong market position in the Asia Pacific region increasing foreign exchange earnings.  This was partly offset by reduced equity accounting adjustments in PT Panin Bank.

 

      Operating expenses increased 18% with costs associated with building partner relationships in China, Vietnam and Cambodia, centralisation of regional operations in Fiji and the increase in specialist resources in Asia.

 

      Provision for doubtful debts reduced by 2% largely due to the focus on lower risk trade transactions in Asia.  The increase in net specific provisions is a result of provisioning for one large account.

 

      Income tax expense increased, despite lower profit before tax, largely as a result of a tax credit arising from the repayment of foreign currency loans upon the exercise of options in PT Panin in 2004.

 

Comparison with March 2005 half

 

Profit after tax increased 19%.  Operating income increased 14% with strong asset growth across all geographies, improved foreign exchange earnings in the Pacific and increased fee income in Asia.  The first half year was impacted by lower Treasury earnings in Singapore.  Operating expenses increased by 10% as investments were made to progress partnerships in Cambodia, China and Vietnam, together with the addition of specialists product skills in Asia.  The impact of exchange rate movements was immaterial.

 

51



 

Other

 

 

 

Half
year

 

Half
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

Full
year

 

Full
year

 

Movt
Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

89

 

103

 

-14

%

192

 

209

 

-8

%

Fee income

 

46

 

53

 

-13

%

99

 

124

 

-20

%

Other operating income

 

37

 

22

 

68

%

59

 

39

 

51

%

Operating income

 

172

 

178

 

-3

%

350

 

372

 

-6

%

Operating expenses

 

(55

)

(63

)

-13

%

(118

)

(138

)

-14

%

Profit before debt provision

 

117

 

115

 

2

%

232

 

234

 

-1

%

Provision for doubtful debts

 

(8

)

(12

)

-33

%

(20

)

(36

)

-44

%

Income tax expense

 

(33

)

(32

)

3

%

(65

)

(53

)

23

%

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

76

 

71

 

7

%

147

 

145

 

1

%

Operating expenses to operating income

 

32.0

%

35.4

%

-10

%

33.7

%

37.1

%

-9

%

Net specific provision

 

32

 

(6

)

large

 

26

 

(19

)

large

 

Net non-accrual loans

 

46

 

43

 

7

%

46

 

169

 

-73

%

Total employees

 

987

 

912

 

8

%

987

 

903

 

9

%

 

2005 result

 

Profit after tax increased 1%.  Excluding the impact of exchange rates, profit increased by 7%.  Significant influences on the result were:

 

      Net interest income decreased 8%.  Higher earnings on capital following interest rate increases and higher earnings on funds lent to New Zealand were offset by a decline in Institutional following the sale of the London headquartered project finance business and the continued strategy to de-risk the overseas portfolios.  A reduction of $9 million in Markets due to the increased cost of funding derivative positions was offset by an increase in other operating income.

 

      Fee income reduced 20% following the sale of the project finance businesses.

 

      Other operating income increased 51% mainly due to the profit on sale of the project finance businesses ($4 million) and a $14 million increase in Markets.

 

      Operating expenses decreased 14% as a result of the sale of the project finance business, predominantly personnel expenses.  Reductions in staff numbers resulting from the sale of the project finance business were offset by increases in technology staff in India, however, the increased costs in India were charged to other businesses.

 

      Provision for doubtful debts decreased 44% as a result of the sale of the project finance business and the reduction in exposure to the US and UK Power sectors.  The credit to specific provisions resulted from the recovery of several bad debts previously provided for.  Net non-accrual loans reduced as a result of the realisation of two large power exposures in America and the sale of the project finance business.

 

      Income tax expense increased by 23% due mainly to the release in 2004 of a $7 million tax provision relating to prior year tax expense in the US.

 

Comparison with March 2005 half

 

Profit after tax increased 7%.  The impact of exchange rates was immaterial.  Net interest income decreased by 14% due largely to the increased funding cost of derivative positions in Markets, which is offset in other income.  Fee income decreased by 13% following the sale of the London headquartered project finance business.  Other income increased 68% with the increased income in Markets referred to above offset by the one off impact of the profit on the sale of the project finance business in the March half.  Operating expenses decreased 13% due a reduction in costs in discontinued businesses.  Provision for doubtful debts decreased by 33% driven by the continued strategy to de-risk the overseas portfolios.  The credit to net specific provisions resulted from bad debt recoveries.

 

52



 

FIVE YEAR SUMMARY

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

Statement of Financial Performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

5,798

 

5,254

 

4,311

 

4,018

 

3,833

 

Other operating income

 

3,552

 

3,391

 

2,808

 

2,970

 

2,573

 

Operating expense

 

(4,515

)

(4,026

)

(3,228

)

(2,905

)

(3,092

)

Provision for doubtful debts

 

(580

)

(632

)

(614

)

(860

)

(531

)

Profit before income tax

 

4,255

 

3,987

 

3,277

 

3,223

 

2,783

 

Income tax expense

 

(1,234

)

(1,168

)

(926

)

(898

)

(911

)

Outside equity interest

 

(3

)

(4

)

(3

)

(3

)

(2

)

Net profit attributable to shareholders of the Company

 

3,018

 

2,815

 

2,348

 

2,322

 

1,870

 

Statement of Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

293,185

 

259,345

 

195,591

 

183,105

 

185,493

 

Net assets

 

19,488

 

17,925

 

13,787

 

11,465

 

10,551

 

Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average ordinary equity(1)

 

17.3

%

18.1

%

20.6

%

23.2

%

20.2

%

Return on average ordinary equity(1) excluding significant items(2) and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NBNZ incremental integration costs(3)

 

17.5

%

17.8

%

20.6

%

21.6

%

20.2

%

Return on average ordinary equity(1) excluding goodwill amortisation, notional goodwill, significant items(2) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(3)

 

18.8

%

19.1

%

21.2

%

22.0

%

20.4

%

Return on average assets

 

1.1

%

1.2

%

1.2

%

1.3

%

1.1

%

Tier 1 capital ratio

 

6.9

%

6.9

%

7.7

%

7.9

%

7.5

%

Operating expenses(4) to operating income

 

46.4

%

44.9

%

45.1

%

41.3

%

48.0

%

Operating expenses(4) to operating income excluding significant items(2) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(3)

 

45.6

%

45.3

%

45.1

%

46.0

%

48.0

%

Shareholder value - ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total return to shareholders (share price movement plus dividends)

 

32.6

%

17.0

%

6.7

%

15.3

%

26.2

%

Market capitalisation

 

43,834

 

34,586

 

27,314

 

26,544

 

23,783

 

Dividend (100% Franked)

 

110 cents

 

101 cents

 

95 cents

 

85 cents

 

73 cents

 

Share price(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- high

 

$

24.45

 

$

19.44

 

$

18.45

 

$

19.70

 

$

16.71

 

- low

 

$

19.02

 

$

15.94

 

$

15.01

 

$

15.23

 

$

12.63

 

- closing

 

$

24.00

 

$

19.02

 

$

17.17

 

$

16.88

 

$

15.28

 

Share information (per fully paid ordinary share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share - basic(5)

 

160.9

c

153.1

c

142.4

c

141.4

c

112.7

c

Dividend payout ratio

 

68.4

%

67.5

%

64.2

%

57.8

%

62.0

%

Net tangible assets

 

$

8.05

 

$

7.51

 

$

7.49

 

$

6.58

 

$

5.96

 

Number of fully paid ordinary shares on issue (millions)

 

1,826.4

 

1,818.4

 

1,521.7

 

1,503.9

 

1,488.3

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Permanent employees (FTEs)

 

29,471

 

27,383

 

21,586

 

21,380

 

21,403

 

Temporary employees (FTEs)

 

1,505

 

1,372

 

1,551

 

1,102

 

1,098

 

Total employees

 

30,976

 

28,755

 

23,137

 

22,482

 

22,501

 

Points of representation

 

1,223

 

1,190

 

1,019

 

1,018

 

1,056

 

Number of shareholders(6)

 

263,467

 

252,072

 

223,545

 

198,716

 

181,667

 


(1)

Average ordinary shareholders’ equity excludes outside equity interests

(2)

In 2005 ANZ has classified $14 million after tax profit on the sale of NBNZ life businesses as a significant item. In 2004 ANZ has classified the $14 million profit after tax on settlement of the INGA completion accounts, $84 million net profit after tax and $36 million dividends arising from the TrUEPrS transaction as significant items. ANZ excludes significant items to eliminate the distorting effect of one-off transactions on the results of its core business (refer page 12)

(3)

In 2005 ANZ has incurred $52 million after tax NBNZ incremental integration costs (2004 full year: $14 million; Sept 2005 half: $35 million; Mar 2005 half: $17 million). NBNZ incremental integration costs are excluded to enable analysis of the cost base following completion of the integration

(4)

Operating expenses excludes goodwill amortisation of $179 million (2004: $146 million; 2003: $18 million; 2002: $20 million; 2001: $17 million)

(5)

September 2003 and prior periods adjusted for the bonus element of the rights issue

(6)

Excludes employees whose only ANZ shares are held in trust under ANZ employee share schemes

 

 

53



 

This page has been left blank intentionally

 

54



 

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

 

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND OTHER DISCLOSURES

 

 

Full year ended
30 September 2005

 

55



 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Performance

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to Financial Statements

 

 

 

1.

Accounting policies

 

 

 

 

2.

Income

 

 

 

 

3.

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

4.

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

5.

Dividends

 

 

 

 

6.

Earnings per share

 

 

 

 

7.

Net loans and advances

 

 

 

 

8.

Impaired assets

 

 

 

 

9.

Provision for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

10.

Loan capital

 

 

 

 

11.

Share Capital

 

 

 

 

12.

Capital adequacy

 

 

 

 

13.

Average balance sheet and related interest

 

 

 

 

14.

Interest spreads and net interest average margins

 

 

 

 

15.

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

16.

Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

 

 

 

 

17.

Note to the Statement of Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

18.

Changes in composition of the Group

 

 

 

 

19.

Associates, joint venture entities and investments

 

 

 

 

20.

Exchange rates

 

 

 

 

21.

Significant events since balance date

 

 

 

 

Appendix 4E Statement

 

 

 

Definitions

 

 

 

 

 

Alphabetical Index

 

 

 

56



 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

 

 

 

 

 

Half

 

Half

 

Movt

 

Full

 

Full

 

Movt

 

 

 

 

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

Note

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Total income

 

2

 

10,998

 

9,981

 

10

%

20,979

 

17,508

 

20

%

Interest income

 

 

 

9,150

 

8,277

 

11

%

17,427

 

14,117

 

23

%

Interest expense

 

 

 

(6,205

)

(5,424

)

14

%

(11,629

)

(8,863

)

31

%

Net interest income

 

2

 

2,945

 

2,853

 

3

%

5,798

 

5,254

 

10

%

Other operating income

 

2

 

1,848

 

1,704

 

8

%

3,552

 

3,391

 

5

%

Operating income

 

 

 

4,793

 

4,557

 

5

%

9,350

 

8,645

 

8

%

Operating expenses

 

3

 

(2,315

)

(2,200

)

5

%

(4,515

)

(4,026

)

12

%

Profit before debt provision

 

 

 

2,478

 

2,357

 

5

%

4,835

 

4,619

 

5

%

Provision for doubtful debts

 

9

 

(296

)

(284

)

4

%

(580

)

(632

)

-8

%

Profit before income tax

 

 

 

2,182

 

2,073

 

5

%

4,255

 

3,987

 

7

%

Income tax expense

 

4

 

(637

)

(597

)

7

%

(1,234

)

(1,168

)

6

%

Profit after income tax

 

 

 

1,545

 

1,476

 

5

%

3,021

 

2,819

 

7

%

Net profit attributable to outside equity interest

 

 

 

(2

)

(1

)

100

%

(3

)

(4

)

-25

%

Net profit attributable to shareholders of the Company

 

 

 

1,543

 

1,475

 

5

%

3,018

 

2,815

 

7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency translation adjustments, net of hedges after tax

 

 

 

(159

)

(284

)

-44

%

(443

)

233

 

large

 

Total adjustments attributable to shareholders of the company recognised directly into equity

 

 

 

(159

)

(284

)

-44

%

(443

)

233

 

large

 

Total changes in equity other than those resulting from transactions with shareholders as owners

 

 

 

1,384

 

1,191

 

16

%

2,575

 

3,048

 

-16

%

Earnings per ordinary share (cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

6

 

82.0

 

78.8

 

4

%

160.9

 

153.1

 

5

%

Diluted

 

 

 

80.4

 

76.9

 

5

%

157.5

 

149.7

 

5

%

Dividend per ordinary share (cents)

 

5

 

59

 

51

 

16

%

110

 

101

 

9

%

Net tangible assets per ordinary share ($)

 

 

 

8.05

 

7.69

 

5

%

8.05

 

7.51

 

7

%

 

The notes appearing on pages 61 to 96 form an integral part of these financial statements

 

57



 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movt

 

Movt

 

 

 

 

 

As at

 

As at

 

As at

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

Note

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Mar 05

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

%

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

 

 

11,600

 

8,855

 

6,363

 

31

%

82

%

Due from other financial institutions

 

 

 

6,348

 

6,428

 

4,781

 

-1

%

33

%

Trading securities(1)

 

 

 

6,285

 

6,108

 

5,478

 

3

%

15

%

Investment securities

 

 

 

6,941

 

6,745

 

7,746

 

3

%

-10

%

Net loans and advances

 

7

 

230,952

 

218,558

 

204,962

 

6

%

13

%

Customer’s liability for acceptances

 

 

 

13,449

 

12,922

 

12,466

 

4

%

8

%

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

159

 

143

 

176

 

11

%

-10

%

Shares in associates and joint venture entities

 

 

 

1,872

 

1,764

 

1,960

 

6

%

-4

%

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

1,337

 

1,234

 

1,454

 

8

%

-8

%

Goodwill(2)

 

 

 

2,898

 

3,118

 

3,269

 

-7

%

-11

%

Other assets(3),(4)

 

 

 

9,903

 

10,493

 

9,158

 

-6

%

8

%

Premises and equipment

 

 

 

1,441

 

1,481

 

1,532

 

-3

%

-6

%

Total assets

 

 

 

293,185

 

277,849

 

259,345

 

6

%

13

%

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

 

 

12,027

 

10,056

 

7,349

 

20

%

64

%

Deposits and other borrowings

 

 

 

185,693

 

180,410

 

168,557

 

3

%

10

%

Liability for acceptances

 

 

 

13,449

 

12,922

 

12,466

 

4

%

8

%

Income tax liabilities

 

 

 

1,797

 

1,715

 

1,914

 

5

%

-6

%

Payables and other liabilities(4)

 

 

 

11,607

 

12,431

 

14,212

 

-7

%

-18

%

Provisions

 

 

 

914

 

865

 

845

 

6

%

8

%

Bonds and notes

 

 

 

39,073

 

32,321

 

27,602

 

21

%

42

%

Loan capital(5)

 

10

 

9,137

 

8,121

 

8,475

 

13

%

8

%

Total liabilities

 

 

 

273,697

 

258,841

 

241,420

 

6

%

13

%

Net assets

 

 

 

19,488

 

19,008

 

17,925

 

3

%

9

%

Shareholdersequity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share capital

 

 

 

8,074

 

8,028

 

8,005

 

1

%

1

%

Preference share capital

 

 

 

1,858

 

1,858

 

987

 

0

%

88

%

Reserves

 

 

 

136

 

295

 

579

 

-54

%

-77

%

Retained profits

 

 

 

9,393

 

8,809

 

8,336

 

7

%

13

%

Share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the Company

 

 

 

19,461

 

18,990

 

17,907

 

2

%

9

%

Outside equity interests

 

 

 

27

 

18

 

18

 

50

%

50

%

Total shareholders equity

 

 

 

19,488

 

19,008

 

17,925

 

3

%

9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)       Includes bills held in portfolio $1,182 million (Mar 2005: $1,395 million; Sep 2004: $1,875 million)

(2)       Excludes notional goodwill in equity accounted entities, mainly $711 million included in the net carrying value of INGA
(Mar 2005: $733 million; Sep 2004: $754 million)

(3)       Includes interest revenue receivable $1,441 million (Mar 2005: $1,520 million; Sep 2004: $1,568 million)

(4)       Other assets includes life insurance assets of $nil (Mar 2005: $50 million; Sep 2004: $65 million). Payables and other liabilities includes policy holder liabilities of $nil (Mar 2005: $31 million; Sep 2004: $30 million)

(5)       Includes $1,443 million (Mar 2005: $1,425 million; Sep 2004: $1,535 million) hybrid loan capital that qualifies for Tier 1 capital as defined by the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority

 

The notes appearing on pages 61 to 96 form an integral part of these financial statements

 

58



 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

 

 

Half

 

Half

 

Movt

 

Full

 

Full

 

Movt

 

 

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Share capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at start of period

 

9,886

 

8,992

 

10

%

8,992

 

6,387

 

41

%

Ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rights issue

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

3,562

 

-100

%

Dividend reinvestment plan

 

75

 

78

 

-4

%

153

 

135

 

13

%

Group employee share acquisition scheme

 

2

 

14

 

-86

%

16

 

47

 

-66

%

Group share option scheme

 

56

 

48

 

17

%

104

 

86

 

21

%

Group share buyback

 

(87

)

(117

)

-26

%

(204

)

 

n/a

 

Preference shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New preference share issues

 

 

871

 

-100

%

871

 

 

n/a

 

Redemption of preference shares

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

(1,225

)

-100

%

Total share capital

 

9,932

 

9,886

 

0

%

9,932

 

8,992

 

10

%

Foreign currency translation reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at start of period

 

(66

)

218

 

large

 

218

 

(239

)

large

 

Currency translation adjustments, net of hedges after tax

 

(159

)

(284

)

-44

%

(443

)

233

 

large

 

Transfer from general reserve

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

224

 

-100

%

 

 

(225

)

(66

)

large

 

(225

)

218

 

large

 

General reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at start of period

 

181

 

181

 

0

%

181

 

239

 

-24

%

TrUEPrs preference share gain on buy back

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

180

 

-100

%

Transfer (to) from retained profits/FCTR

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

(238

)

-100

%

 

 

181

 

181

 

0

%

181

 

181

 

0

%

Asset revaluation reserve

 

31

 

31

 

0

%

31

 

31

 

0

%

Capital reserve

 

149

 

149

 

0

%

149

 

149

 

0

%

Total reserves

 

136

 

295

 

-54

%

136

 

579

 

-77

%

Retained profits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at start of period

 

8,809

 

8,336

 

6

%

8,336

 

7,203

 

16

%

Net profit attributable to shareholders of the Company

 

1,543

 

1,475

 

5

%

3,018

 

2,815

 

7

%

Total available for appropriation

 

10,352

 

9,811

 

6

%

11,354

 

10,018

 

13

%

Transfers from (to) reserves

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

14

 

-100

%

Ordinary share dividends provided for or paid

 

(913

)

(964

)

-5

%

(1,877

)

(1,598

)

17

%

Preference share dividends paid

 

(46

)

(38

)

21

%

(84

)

(98

)

-14

%

Retained profits at end of period

 

9,393

 

8,809

 

7

%

9,393

 

8,336

 

13

%

Total shareholdersequity attributable to shareholders of the Company

 

19,461

 

18,990

 

2

%

19,461

 

17,907

 

9

%

 

The notes appearing on pages 61 to 96 form an integral part of these financial statements

 

59



 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

 

 

Half

 

Half

 

Full

 

Full

 

 

 

 

 

year

 

year

 

year

 

year

 

 

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

Inflows

 

Inflows

 

Inflows

 

Inflows

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

Note

 

(Outflows)

 

(Outflows)

 

(Outflows)

 

(Outflows)

 

 

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

Interest received

 

 

 

9,169

 

8,699

 

17,868

 

14,515

 

Dividends received

 

 

 

106

 

38

 

144

 

3

 

Fees and other income received

 

 

 

2,221

 

1,095

 

3,316

 

3,257

 

Interest paid

 

 

 

(6,003

)

(5,411

)

(11,414

)

(8,258

)

Personnel expenses paid

 

 

 

(1,285

)

(1,213

)

(2,498

)

(2,110

)

Premises expenses paid

 

 

 

(186

)

(181

)

(367

)

(312

)

Other operating expenses paid

 

 

 

(1,094

)

(1,050

)

(2,144

)

(2,093

)

Income taxes paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

(294

)

(278

)

(572

)

29

 

Overseas

 

 

 

(305

)

(195

)

(500

)

(276

)

Net GST paid

 

 

 

24

 

(6

)

18

 

(19

)

Net (increase) decrease in trading securities

 

 

 

(183

)

(638

)

(821

)

514

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

17

 

2,170

 

860

 

3,030

 

5,250

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease (increase)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets - greater than three months

 

 

 

(358

)

(370

)

(728

)

(325

)

Due from other financial institutions

 

 

 

(358

)

(13

)

(371

)

522

 

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

(19

)

24

 

5

 

(76

)

Loans and advances

 

 

 

(13,365

)

(15,423

)

(28,788

)

(22,757

)

Shares in associates and joint venture entities

 

 

 

(86

)

243

 

157

 

(35

)

Investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases

 

 

 

(7,603

)

(9,585

)

(17,188

)

(14,411

)

Proceeds from sale or maturity

 

 

 

7,394

 

10,462

 

17,856

 

11,701

 

Controlled entities and associates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased (net of cash acquired)

 

 

 

(149

)

 

(149

)

(3,224

)

Proceeds from sale (net of cash disposed)

 

 

 

144

 

 

144

 

 

Premises and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases

 

 

 

(170

)

(155

)

(325

)

(300

)

Proceeds from sale

 

 

 

81

 

5

 

86

 

53

 

Other

 

 

 

255

 

(1,975

)

(1,720

)

1,735

 

Net cash (used in) investing activities

 

 

 

(14,234

)

(16,787

)

(31,021

)

(27,117

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

 

 

2,080

 

2,892

 

4,972

 

(272

)

Deposits and other borrowings

 

 

 

5,802

 

14,054

 

19,856

 

11,216

 

Payables and other liabilities

 

 

 

(652

)

(687

)

(1,339

)

(1,061

)

Bonds and notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue proceeds

 

 

 

9,649

 

8,319

 

17,968

 

14,181

 

Redemptions

 

 

 

(2,396

)

(2,629

)

(5,025

)

(4,100

)

Loan capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue proceeds

 

 

 

1,225

 

 

1,225

 

2,694

 

Redemptions

 

 

 

(93

)

 

(93

)

(368

)

Decrease in outside equity interests

 

 

 

8

 

 

8

 

(1

)

Dividends paid

 

 

 

(884

)

(924

)

(1,808

)

(1,561

)

Share capital issues

 

 

 

58

 

62

 

120

 

3,695

 

Share capital buyback

 

 

 

(87

)

(117

)

(204

)

 

Euro Hybrid preference share issue

 

 

 

 

875

 

875

 

 

Euro Hybrid issues costs

 

 

 

 

(4

)

(4

)

 

Preference share buyback

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,045

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

 

14,710

 

21,841

 

36,551

 

23,378

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

2,170

 

860

 

3,030

 

5,250

 

Net cash (used in) investing activities

 

 

 

(14,234

)

(16,787

)

(31,021

)

(27,117

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

 

14,710

 

21,841

 

36,551

 

23,378

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

2,646

 

5,914

 

8,560

 

1,511

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

 

11,696

 

7,854

 

7,854

 

7,315

 

Foreign currency translation on opening balances

 

 

 

(640

)

(2,072

)

(2,712

)

(972

)

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

17

 

13,702

 

11,696

 

13,702

 

7,854

 

 

The notes appearing on pages 61 to 96 form an integral part of these financial statements

 

60



 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.                    Accounting policies

 

These consolidated financial statements:

 

                  should be read in conjunction with any public announcements made by the Parent Entity and its controlled entities (the Group) for the year ended 30 September 2005 in accordance with the continuous disclosure obligations under the Corporations Act 2001 (as amended);

 

                  are made out in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 (as amended), ASX listing rules, applicable Accounting Standards, Urgent Issues Group Consensus Views, the Corporations Regulations 2001, and other mandatory reporting requirements;

 

                  do not include all notes of the type normally included in the annual financial report; and

 

                  have been prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of trading instruments and the deemed cost of properties.

 

Where necessary, amounts shown for previous periods have been reclassified to facilitate comparison.

 

The accounting policies followed in preparing these consolidated financial statements are the same as those to be applied in the 30 September 2005 Annual and Financial Reports.  The accounting policies are consistent with those of the previous financial year.

 

Details of critical accounting policies are shown on pages 31 to 33.  Details of the impact of adopting the Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards that have been identified as significant to the Group are detailed below.

 

Key impacts of adopting Australian Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (AIFRS)

 

Management of the Group’s transition to AIFRS

 

For reporting periods commencing 1 October 2005, the Group is required to prepare financial statements using Australian Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (AIFRS), issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board.

 

On 1 October 2005, the Group commenced application of AIFRS, covering all financial systems and records.  The Group will report for the first time in compliance with AIFRS when the results for the half year ending 31 March 2006 are released.

 

The Group is required to prepare an opening balance sheet in accordance with AIFRS as at 1 October 2004.  Most accounting policy adjustments to retrospectively apply AIFRS will be made against retained earnings in this opening balance sheet. However, transitional adjustments relating to those standards for which comparatives are not required will only be made on 1 October 2005.  The standards are AASB 132: `Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’, AASB 139:  `Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’, and AASB 4: `Insurance Contracts’.

 

Impact of transition to AIFRS

 

The key impacts identified below are based on accounting policy decisions and known interpretations of AIFRS current at the date of this financial report. Further developments in AIFRS attributable to:

 

                  new or revised accounting standards or interpretations issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board; or

 

                  additional guidance on the application of AIFRS to the financial services industry; or

 

                  changes to the Group’s operations,

 

if any, may result in changes to accounting policy decisions made to date and, consequently, the likely impacts outlined below.  Any such changes will be reflected within the Group’s first AIFRS compliant financial report for the half year ending 31 March 2006, or a later financial report as appropriate.

 

The key impacts identified below are separated between those applicable for the comparative financial year (i.e. from
1 October 2004), and those applicable from 1 October 2005.  The table contains forward looking statements and is subject to the qualifications set out on the contents page.

 

All amounts are stated on an after tax basis, unless otherwise stated.

 

61



 

Issues with effective impact from 1 October 2004

 

(i)

 

Goodwill

No initial impact on retained earnings

Potential volatility in future earnings

 

The adoption of AIFRS does not impact the carrying amount of goodwill on transition as the Group has elected not to restate past business combinations. Under AIFRS, the past practice of systematically amortising goodwill over the expected period of benefit ceases and is replaced by impairment testing annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. As a result, the Group amortisation expense for the AIFRS comparative financial year ended 30 September 2005 will decrease by $224 million (including notional INGA goodwill of $43 million).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

 

Defined benefits superannuation plan  


Initial reduction in retained earnings

Actuarial movements through retained earnings

 

On adoption of AASB 119: ‘Employee Benefits’, surpluses (assets) and/or deficits (liabilities) that arise within defined benefit superannuation schemes will be recognised in the Statement of Financial Position.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Under AGAAP, the Group accounts for the defined benefit superannuation schemes on a cash basis and does not currently recognise an asset or liability for the net position of the defined benefit superannuation schemes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Group has elected to apply the option available under AASB 119 to recognise actuarial gains and losses in the Statement of Financial Position (i.e. the `direct to retained earnings’ approach). The non-cash expense reflecting the notional cost of the benefits accruing to members of the defined benefit schemes in respect of service provided over the reporting period is charged to the Statement of Financial Performance. All transitional adjustments and ongoing movements reported for each scheme will be actuarially determined in accordance with AASB 119.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 October 2004, the Group will recognise a net liability position of $142 million after recognising a net deferred tax asset of $56 million which will be applied against retained earnings.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the AIFRS comparative year ended 30 September 2005, a $35 million adjustment will be made to retained earnings to recognise a decrease in the Group’s pension liability, representing largely a net actuarial gain. The impact on the Statement of Financial Performance of moving from a contributions basis to a service cost basis is not expected to be material.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

 

Share based payments

 

The Group currently recognises immediately an expense equal to the full fair value of all deferred shares issued as part of the short term and long term incentive arrangements. The deferred shares vest over one to three years and may be forfeited under certain conditions. The Group does not currently recognise an expense for options issued to staff or for shares issued under the $1,000 employee share plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initial reduction in shareholders’ equity

Higher ongoing expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On adoption of AASB 2: ‘Share-based Payment’, the Group will recognise an expense for all share based remuneration, including deferred shares and options, and will recognise this expense over the relevant vesting period.

 

The Group has elected to retrospectively apply AASB 2 to share based payments granted prior to 7 November 2002 and which remained unvested as at 1 October 2004.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On 1 October 2004, this change in accounting policy will result in:

                  the establishment of a share options reserve of $43 million to reflect the fair value of options granted to employees;

                  a reduction in paid up capital of $49 million, in order to reflect the fair value of vested shares;

                  recognition of a deferred tax liability of $18 million; and

                  a net decrease to retained earnings of $12 million.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the AIFRS comparative year ended 30 September 2005, the impact of the change is expected to be:

                  an increase in the share options reserve of $23 million;

                  an increase in paid up capital of $41 million; and

                  a decrease in profit after tax of $64 million.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62



 

(iv)

 

Fee revenue - financial service fees recognised over the period of service

Initial reduction in retained earnings

 

Under AASB 118: ‘Revenue’, certain service type fees (such as administration fees) will be deferred and amortised over the period of service. On 1 October 2004, $3 million of fees that have previously been recognised in the Statement of Financial Performance will be recognised as a liability in the Statement of Financial Position, with a corresponding reduction to retained earnings. For the AIFRS comparative year ended 30 September 2005, the impact of this change on the Statement of Financial Performance is expected to be immaterial.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

 

Securitisation 

Additional assets/liabilities recognised

 

AIFRS has introduced new requirements for the recognition of financial assets, including those transferred to a special purpose entity for securitisation. The accounting treatment of existing securitisations has been reassessed. Consequently, some vehicles, which were previously not consolidated, are being consolidated by the Group. This will result in an increase in assets and liabilities recorded within the Statement of Financial Position of $4.9 billion as at 1 October 2004 for the Group.

Vehicles set up for assisting customers securitise their own assets will continue to not be consolidated under AIFRS.

For the comparative AIFRS year ended 30 September 2005, the Group will recognise a decrease of $400 million in both assets and liabilities, reflecting the net impact of repayment and securitisation of new assets during the year.

Within the Statement of Financial Performance, income and expenses will be increased to recognise the income and expense items recorded within these vehicles. The overall impact on net profit is expected to be immaterial.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vi)

 

Foreign currency translation reserve

Initial increase in retained earnings, no change to shareholders’ equity

 

The Group has elected to apply the option under AASB 121: ‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’, to reset amounts recorded within the Foreign currency translation reserve to zero. On 1 October 2004, adopting this election will result in an increase in retained earnings of $218 million for the Group.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vii)

 

Asset revaluation reserve - balance relating to land and buildings

Initial increase in retained earnings, no change to shareholders’ equity

 

The Group has elected to apply the option under AASB 1: ‘First time Adoption of Australian Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards’, to recognise the value of Land and Buildings at deemed cost. As a result, the Group Asset revaluation reserve of $31 million and relating to Land and Buildings will be reset to zero as at 1 October 2004 and adjusted against retained earnings.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(viii)

 

Taxation 

Change in methodology

Immaterial impacts

 

Under AASB 112: ‘Income taxes’, a balance sheet method of tax effect accounting will be adopted, replacing the ‘Statement of Financial Performance’ approach currently used by the Group.

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred taxes, with income tax expense recognised in the Statement of Financial Performance, or recognised in equity to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity.

Deferred tax is calculated using the balance sheet method by determining temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the tax base of those assets and liabilities as used for taxation purposes.

At 1 October 2004, an additional net deferred tax asset of $14 million will be recognised with a corresponding increase to retained earnings.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ix)

 

Intangible assets–software

No impact on earnings Reclassification only

 

Capitalised software assets will be reclassified from Premises and Equipment to a separately identifiable intangible asset on transition to AIFRS. For the Group, this will result in a reclassification of $430 million as at 1 October 2004. There will be no impact on the Statement of Financial Performance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(x)

 

Business combinations

No impact

 

At 1 October 2004, the Group has elected under AASB 1: ‘First time Adoption of Australian Equivalents for International Financial Reporting Standards’, to not restate the classification and accounting treatment of business combinations that occurred prior to 1 October 2004.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

63



 

(xi)

 

Credit Loss Provisioning


Initial increase in retained earnings

Volatility in future

earnings

 

AASB 139: ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ adopts an incurred loss approach for credit loss provisioning and provides guidance on the measurement of incurred losses. Provisions are raised for losses that have already been incurred for exposures that are known to be impaired. The estimated losses on these impaired exposures are then discounted to their present value. As this discount unwinds during the period between recognition of impairment and recovery of the written down amount, it is recognised in the Statement of Financial Performance as interest income.

 

The current General Provision in the Statement of Financial Position will be replaced

on adoption of AIFRS by a Collective Provision.

 

Exposures not individually known to be impaired are placed into pools of similar assets with similar risk characteristics to be collectively assessed for losses that have been incurred, but not identified yet. The required provision is estimated on the basis of historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the collective pool. The historical loss experience is adjusted based on current observable data.

 

The Collective Provision under AIFRS shares the same underlying measurement objectives as the current General Provision. However, as a result of the application of a new estimation methodology, certain judgemental risk measures have changed.

 

The Group believes that the resulting Collective Provision, while lower than the current General Provision, comfortably falls within the probable range of losses that have been incurred but not identified in our portfolio.

 

On adoption of AIFRS, the current Economic Loss Provisioning (ELP) charge to profit will be replaced by a charge for individual provisions on impaired exposures together with a charge for movements in the Collective Provision.

 

As a result of these changes:

 

                  at 1 October 2005, there will be a reduction of $6 million to retained earnings relating to individual provisions on impaired exposures as a result of discounting estimated future cash flows;

 

                  at 1 October 2005, the Collective Provision will be $307 million less than the AGAAP General Provision. After tax, this will result in an increase to retained earnings of $197 million at 1 October 2005. Due to current uncertainty around AIFRS accounting interpretations and the development of Australian industry practice in this area, this Collective Provision on impaired exposures may be subject to further refinement;

 

                  individual provisions and movements in the Collective Provision will be charged direct to the Statement of Financial Performance, driving increased earnings volatility for the Group; and

 

                  movements in the Collective Provision will be driven by changes in the Group’s portfolio size, portfolio mix, credit risk and economic cycles.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xii)

 

Fee revenue - financial service fees recognised as

an adjustment to yield

 

Initial reduction in retained earnings

 

Under AASB 139: ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’, fee income (such as loan approval fees) integral to the yield of an originated financial instrument (such as loans and advances measured at amortised cost), net of any direct incremental costs, will be capitalised and deferred over the expected life of the financial instrument.

 

On 1 October 2005, certain fees that have previously been recognised in the Statement of Financial Performance, will be deferred and recognised against net loans and advances in the Statement of Financial Position with a corresponding reduction to retained earnings. The impact will be $266 million for the Group. The annual impact on net profit from this change is not expected to be material. However, there will be an increase in interest income (offset by a reduction in fee income) and a reclassification to interest earning assets of customers liabilities for acceptances of $13.4 billion.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

64



 

(xiii)

 

Derivative financial

 

Under AIFRS, all derivative financial instruments, including those used as hedging instruments, will be measured at fair value and recognised in the Statement of Financial Position. This will require an adjustment to reflect the market value of counterparty risk in the fair value of derivatives. This will result in a decrease in retained earnings of $24 million at 1 October 2005. (Under AGAAP, counterparty risk is notionally allowed for as part of the General Provision.)

 

At 1 October 2005, recognition of the fair value of derivatives relating to securitisation vehicles and structured finance transactions will reduce retained earnings by $64 million. The Group continues to evaluate hedging relationships and effectiveness for certain structured finance transactions, which may introduce volatility within the Statement of Financial Performance. Accordingly, the likely AIFRS impact cannot be reliably estimated at present.

 

AIFRS permits hedge accounting (if certain criteria are met) for fair value hedges, cash flow hedges and hedges of investments in foreign operations. Fair value and cash flow hedge accounting can only be considered where prospective and retrospective effectiveness tests are met and the hedge relationship has been adequately documented. Ineffectiveness precludes the use of hedge accounting. The Group uses cash flow and fair value hedging in respect of its interest rate risk exposures.

 

As at 1 October 2005, the Group has designated certain fair value and cash flow hedges and financial liabilities as fair value through profit and loss, resulting in an increase in net assets of $97 million, represented by a decrease in retained earnings of $65 million, and an increase in reserves of $162 million. Any volatility through the Statement of Financial Performance due to hedge ineffectiveness is not expected to be material.

 

 

instruments,

 

 

 

including hedging

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initial reduction in

 

 

 

retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Volatility in future

 

 

 

earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New assets and

 

 

 

liabilities recognised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xiv)

 

Financial instruments

classification and measurement

Certain assets reclassified and

measured at fair value

Initial decrease in retained earnings

 

Under AIFRS, certain financial assets of the Group currently carried at amortised cost will be either:

                  reclassified as available for sale, resulting in measurement at fair value with movements being taken to an ‘Available for Sale’ equity reserve; or

                  reclassified as financial assets held at fair value through the profit and loss, with movements in fair value being taken to the Statement of Financial Performance.

 

On 1 October 2005, the reclassification of financial assets as either available for sale financial assets or financial assets designated at fair value, will not result in a material adjustment for the Group.

 

Under AIFRS, most financial liabilities will continue to be recognised at amortised cost and, as a result, there will be no material adjustment to the Statements of Financial Position and Performance.

 

Financial instruments will be measured under AIFRS at bid or offer prices rather than the current use of mid prices. On 1 October 2005, this change in measurement will result in a decrease to retained earnings of $5 million.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xv)

 

Classification of hybrid financial instruments


Reclassification of ANZ StEPS from equity to debt

 

Under AASB 132: ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’, ANZ StEPS, a hybrid Tier 1 instrument currently treated as equity, will be reclassified as debt. Prepaid issue costs, currently offset against the preference share capital balance, will be capitalised and amortised to interest over a 5 year period from the date of issue.

 

At 1 October 2005, an amount of $987 million will be transferred from Preference Share Capital to Loan Capital, and capitalised prepaid issue costs of $5 million will have been amortised. Ongoing distributions to the holders of ANZ StEPS will be treated as an interest expense in the Statement of Financial Performance rather than as dividends.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65



 

(xvi)

 

Accounting for INGA

 

Under AASB 131: ‘Interests in Joint Ventures’, and in line with current policy, the Group is required to equity account for its interest in INGA. The adoption of AIFRS by INGA will result in the following significant measurement and recognition differences to AGAAP:

 

                  increased policy liabilities resulting from a change in the discount rates applied in the actuarial calculation of policy liabilities and the separate presentation and change in basis of deferred acquisition costs (largely commissions) previously included within net policy liabilities;

                  write-off of the excess of the market value over net assets (EMVONA) for INGA’s life insurance controlled entities, which under AIFRS will no longer be recognised, together with a reassessment of other non-allowable intangibles; and

      initial entry fee income previously taken upfront will be deferred and amortised to income over time.

 

The Group’s 49% share of INGA’s net AIFRS adjustment is $181 million, thus reducing the Group’s retained earnings and the carrying value of its interest in INGA as at 1 October 2005.

 

Following the adoption of AIFRS, the Group’s investment in INGA will also be impacted by INGA’s adoption of classifying and measuring its shareholder investments as “available for sale” assets. This change in measurement is likely to result in a reduction in investment return volatility experienced by INGA, as only realised gains and losses will be reported in its net profit.

 

 


Initial reduction in retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xvii)

 

Accounting for ING New

 

On 30 September 2005, ANZ announced its funds management and life insurance joint venture with ING had been extended through the creation of a New Zealand joint venture. The adoption of AIFRS by ING New Zealand is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial statements.

 

 

Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Immaterial impacts

 

 

 

 

 

 

Summary of financial impacts

 

A summary of the material after-tax financial impacts of conversion to AIFRS is set out in the following tables:

 

                  Table 1 represents the impact of the transition to AIFRS on shareholders’ equity as at 1 October 2004, for those standards with an effective date of 1 October 2004;

 

                  Table 2 sets out the additional impacts on shareholders’equity as at 1 October 2005, including those standards with an effective date of 1 October 2005;

 

                  Table 3 sets out the expected comparative adjustment to the result for the year ended 30 September 2005; and

 

                  Table 4 sets out our estimated retrospective adjustment to the result for the year ended 30 September 2005 for those impacts that will only be implemented with effect from 1 October 2005.  These numbers have not been audited.

 

References are provided within the tables to the detailed narrative disclosure in the section above.

 

66



 

Table 1: Shareholders’ equity reconciliation as at 1 October 2004

 

 

 

Reference

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

$M

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholdersequity under AGAAP as at 1 October 2004

 

 

 

17,925

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS 1 October 2004 after tax adjustments to shareholdersequity Retained earnings impacts:

 

 

 

 

 

Initial recognition of defined benefit superannuation plans net obligation

 

(ii)

 

(142

)

Net adjustment for share based payments

 

(iii)

 

(12

)

Transfer from foreign currency translation reserve

 

(vi)

 

218

 

Transfer from asset revaluation reserve

 

(vii)

 

31

 

Initial recognition of balance sheet tax effect accounting

 

(viii)

 

14

 

Other

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserve:

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer to retained earnings

 

(vi)

 

(218

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset revaluation reserve:

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer to retained earnings

 

(vii)

 

(31

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other reserves and share capital impacts:

 

 

 

 

 

Initial recognition of share options reserve

 

(iii)

 

43

 

Decrease in paid up capital in respect of share based payments

 

(iii)

 

(49

)

Other

 

 

 

2

 

AIFRS restated shareholdersequity as at 1 October 2004

 

 

 

17,776

 

 

67



 

Table 2: Shareholders’ equity reconciliation as at 1 October 2005

 

 

 

Reference

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

$

M

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS restated shareholdersequity as at 1 October 2004

 

Table 1

 

17,776

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other current AGAAP shareholders’ equity movements for the year ended 30 September 2005(1)

 

 

 

(1,455

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS net profit after tax for the year ended 30 September 2005

 

Table 3

 

3,182

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS 1 October 2005 after tax adjustments to shareholders equity Retained earnings impacts:

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial movements within defined benefit superannuation plans

 

(ii)

 

35

 

Adjustment to credit loss provision

 

(xi)

 

191

 

Deferral of financial services fees recognised as an adjustment to yield

 

(xii)

 

(266

)

Adjustment to reflect counterparty risk in the fair value of derivatives

 

(xiii)

 

(24

)

Recognition of fair value of derivatives(2)

 

(xiii)

 

(129

)

49% share of INGA joint venture opening AIFRS adjustments

 

(xvi)

 

(181

)

Other

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other reserves and share capital impacts:

 

 

 

 

 

Movements in share options reserve

 

(iii)

 

23

 

Movement in paid up capital in respect of share based payments

 

(iii)

 

41

 

Hedge accounting adjustment to establish cash flow hedging reserve

 

(xiii)

 

162

 

Reclassification of ANZ StEPS hybrid financial instrument from preference share capital to liabilities

 

(xv)

 

(987

)

Other

 

 

 

2

 

AIFRS restated shareholders equity as at 1 October 2005

 

 

 

18,358

 

 


(1)       Represents movements in Shareholders’ Equity other than profit for the year:

 

 

 

$M

 

Change in Share Capital

 

940

 

Change in Reserves

 

(443

)

Change in Outside Equity Interests

 

9

 

Dividends paid

 

(1,961

)

Net adjustment

 

(1,455

)

 

(2)       Represents the fair value of derivatives relating to securitisation and structured finance transactions of $64 million and $65 million for the fair value of derivatives that no longer meet hedge accounting criteria as well as the impact of designating certain financial liabilities as fair value through the profit and loss

 

68



 

Table 3:              Restatement of AGAAP after tax profit and loss for the year ended 30 September 2005 to an AIFRS comparative basis

 

 

 

Reference

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

$

M

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AGAAP net profit after tax for the year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Writeback of goodwill amortisation

 

(i)

 

224

 

Recognition of share based payments expense

 

(iii)

 

(64

)

Other(1)

 

 

 

4

 

Total AIFRS after tax adjustments to net profit after tax for the year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

164

 

AIFRS net profit after tax for the year ended 30 September 2005: comparative basis

 

 

 

3,182

 

 


(1)       Comprises after tax profit impact for

                  financial services fees recognised over the period of service,

                  income and expense items recorded within securitisation vehicles, and

                  recognition of non-cash pensions expense for defined benefit superannuation plans, net of AGAAP contributions expense

 

Table 4:              Estimated unaudited impact on net profit after tax for the year ended 30 September 2005 for issues which will be formally implemented with effect from 1 October 2005(1)

 

 

 

Reference

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

$

M

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS net profit after tax for the year ended 30 September 2005: comparative basis Table 3

 

 

 

3,182

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit loss provisioning

 

(xi)

 

16

 

Derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

        Change in fair value - structured finance and securitisation transactions

 

(xiii)

 

25

 

        Hedge ineffectiveness(2)

 

 

 

 

ANZ StEPS hybrid financial instrument distribution treated as interest expense

 

(xv)

 

(66

)

Other(3)

 

 

 

(6

)

Total estimated AIFRS net profit after tax for the year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

3,151

 

 


 

(1)       Table 4 sets our the estimated retrospective adjustment to the result for the year ended 30 September 2005 for those issues that will only be implemented with effect from 1 October 2005. These estimates may change. Table 4 is only disclosed as part of our Results Announcement - it does not form part of our audited financial results and thus has not been audited or reviewed by KPMG. In conjunction with Table 3, these estimates are presented in order to give an estimate of the overall impact of IFRS on the Group accounts for the year ended 30 September 2005

(2)       Unable to be reliably estimated for the 2005 year

(3)       Comprises after tax profit impact for

                  financial services fees recognised as an adjustment to yield

                  Group’s equity accounted for 49% share of INGA’s earnings, and

                  financial instrument valuation

 

69



 

2.              Income

 

 

 

Half

 

Half

 

Movt

 

Full

 

Full

 

Movt

 

 

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

9,150

 

8,277

 

11

%

17,427

 

14,117

 

23

%

Interest expense

 

(6,205

)

(5,424

)

14

%

(11,629

)

(8,863

)

31

%

Net interest income

 

2,945

 

2,853

 

3

%

5,798

 

5,254

 

10

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fee income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lending

 

535

 

508

 

5

%

1,043

 

1,002

 

4

%

Other

 

819

 

754

 

9

%

1,573

 

1,419

 

11

%

Total fee income

 

1,354

 

1,262

 

7

%

2,616

 

2,421

 

8

%

Other income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange earnings

 

233

 

221

 

5

%

454

 

411

 

10

%

Profit on trading instruments

 

94

 

40

 

large

 

134

 

151

 

-11

%

Net profit before tax from the close out of the TrUEPrs swap(1)

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

108

 

-100

%

Hedge of TrUEPrS cash flows

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

2

 

-100

%

INGA completion account profit(1)

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

14

 

-100

%

Gain on sale of NBNZ Life(1)

 

14

 

 

n/a

 

14

 

 

n/a

 

Share of joint venture: Profit from INGA joint venture

 

48

 

59

 

-19

%

107

 

97

 

10

%

Share of associates’ profit (net of writeoffs)

 

20

 

25

 

-20

%

45

 

47

 

-4

%

Private equity and infrastructure earnings(2)

 

5

 

17

 

-71

%

22

 

11

 

100

%

Other

 

80

 

80

 

0

%

160

 

129

 

24

%

Total other income

 

494

 

442

 

12

%

936

 

970

 

-4

%

Total other operating income

 

1,848

 

1,704

 

8

%

3,552

 

3,391

 

5

%

Total income

 

10,998

 

9,981

 

10

%

20,979

 

17,508

 

20

%

Profit before income tax as a % of total income

 

19.8

%

20.8

%

-5

%

20.3

%

22.8

%

-11

%

 


(1)       Significant items, refer page 12

(2)       Includes earnings from private equity and infrastructure portfolios. Includes share of associates’ profit $5 million (2004 full year: $1 million; Sep 2005 half: $4 million; Mar 2005 half: $1 million) not included in share of associates’ profit above

 

Interest spread and net interest average margin (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest spread

 

1.79

 

1.93

 

n/a

 

1.86

 

2.08

 

n/a

 

Interest forgone on impaired assets

 

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

n/a

 

(0.01

)

(0.02

)

n/a

 

Net interest spread

 

1.78

 

1.92

 

n/a

 

1.85

 

2.06

 

n/a

 

Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items

 

0.52

 

0.48

 

n/a

 

0.50

 

0.43

 

n/a

 

Net interest average margin

 

2.30

 

2.40

 

n/a

 

2.35

 

2.49

 

n/a

 

Average interest earning assets ($M)

 

256,604

 

239,959

 

7

%

248,304

 

212,153

 

17

%

 

70



 

3.              Operating expenses

 

 

 

Half

 

Half

 

Movt

 

Full

 

Full

 

Movt

 

 

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Personnel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension fund

 

81

 

80

 

1

%

161

 

145

 

11

%

Employee entitlements and taxes

 

103

 

87

 

18

%

190

 

149

 

28

%

Salaries and wages

 

832

 

793

 

5

%

1,625

 

1,425

 

14

%

Temporary staff

 

62

 

49

 

27

%

111

 

92

 

21

%

Other

 

191

 

171

 

12

%

362

 

320

 

13

%

Total personnel expenses

 

1,269

 

1,180

 

8

%

2,449

 

2,131

 

15

%

Premises

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

14

 

13

 

8

%

27

 

24

 

13

%

Rent

 

108

 

105

 

3

%

213

 

197

 

8

%

Utilities and other outgoings

 

62

 

60

 

3

%

122

 

109

 

12

%

Other

 

16

 

16

 

0

%

32

 

23

 

39

%

Total premises expenses

 

200

 

194

 

3

%

394

 

353

 

12

%

Computer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer contractors

 

34

 

19

 

79

%

53

 

25

 

large

 

Data communications

 

29

 

31

 

-6

%

60

 

69

 

-13

%

Depreciation and amortisation

 

120

 

115

 

4

%

235

 

242

 

-3

%

Rentals and repairs

 

35

 

23

 

52

%

58

 

59

 

-2

%

Software purchased

 

58

 

57

 

2

%

115

 

115

 

0

%

Other

 

19

 

18

 

6

%

37

 

43

 

-14

%

Total computer expenses

 

295

 

263

 

12

%

558

 

553

 

1

%

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advertising and public relations

 

82

 

79

 

4

%

161

 

130

 

24

%

Amortisation of goodwill

 

90

 

89

 

1

%

179

 

146

 

23

%

Audit fees

 

3

 

2

 

50

%

5

 

5

 

0

%

Depreciation of furniture and equipment

 

20

 

23

 

-13

%

43

 

43

 

0

%

Freight and cartage

 

23

 

22

 

5

%

45

 

41

 

10

%

Non-lending losses, frauds and forgeries

 

22

 

40

 

-45

%

62

 

49

 

27

%

Postage and stationery

 

57

 

56

 

2

%

113

 

111

 

2

%

Professional fees

 

63

 

62

 

2

%

125

 

112

 

12

%

Telephone

 

25

 

30

 

-17

%

55

 

57

 

-4

%

Travel

 

69

 

55

 

25

%

124

 

100

 

24

%

Other

 

75

 

75

 

0

%

150

 

135

 

11

%

Total other expenses

 

529

 

533

 

-1

%

1,062

 

929

 

14

%

Restructuring

 

22

 

30

 

-27

%

52

 

60

 

-13

%

Operating expenses(1)

 

2,315

 

2,200

 

5

%

4,515

 

4,026

 

12

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employees (FTE) - Permanent

 

29,471

 

28,388

 

4

%

29,471

 

27,383

 

8

%

Employees (FTE) - Temporary

 

1,505

 

1,444

 

4

%

1,505

 

1,372

 

10

%

Total employees

 

30,976

 

29,832

 

4

%

30,976

 

28,755

 

8

%

 


(1)       Includes NBNZ incremental integration costs $78 million (2004 full year: $21 million; Sep 2005 half: $53 million; Mar 2005 half: $25 million) refer page 12

 

71



 

4.              Income tax expense

 

 

 

Half

 

Half

 

Movt

 

Full

 

Full

 

Movt

 

 

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit before income tax

 

2,182

 

2,073

 

5

%

4,255

 

3,987

 

7

%

Prima facie income tax at 30%

 

655

 

622

 

5

%

1,277

 

1,196

 

7

%

Tax effect of permanent differences

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas tax rate differential

 

7

 

10

 

-30

%

17

 

20

 

-15

%

Rebateable and non-assessable dividends

 

(9

)

(14

)

-36

%

(23

)

(20

)

15

%

Other non-assessable income

 

(17

)

(15

)

13

%

(32

)

(32

)

0

%

Profit from associated entities and joint venture entities

 

(20

)

(25

)

-20

%

(45

)

(43

)

5

%

Life insurance accounting

 

(2

)

(3

)

-33

%

(5

)

(4

)

25

%

Goodwill amortisation

 

28

 

28

 

0

%

56

 

46

 

22

%

Other

 

(5

)

(4

)

25

%

(9

)

7

 

large

 

 

 

637

 

599

 

6

%

1,236

 

1,170

 

6

%

Income tax (over) under provided in prior years

 

 

(2

)

-100

%

(2

)

(2

)

0

%

Total income tax expense on profit

 

637

 

597

 

7

%

1,234

 

1,168

 

6

%

Australia

 

427

 

389

 

10

%

816

 

802

 

2

%

Overseas

 

210

 

208

 

1

%

418

 

366

 

14

%

 

 

637

 

597

 

7

%

1,234

 

1,168

 

6

%

Effective tax rate

 

29.2

%

28.8

%

1

%

29.0

%

29.3

%

-1

%

 

72



 

5.              Dividends

 

 

 

Half

 

Half

 

Movt

 

Full

 

Full

 

Movt

 

 

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Dividend per ordinary share(1) (cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim (fully franked)

 

n/a

 

51

 

n/a

 

51

 

47

 

9

%

Final (fully franked)

 

59

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

59

 

54

 

9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share dividend(1),(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim dividend paid

 

930

 

 

n/a

 

930

 

850

 

9

%

Final dividend paid

 

 

983

 

-100

%

983

 

777

 

27

%

Bonus option plan adjustment(3)

 

(17

)

(19

)

-11

%

(36

)

(29

)

24

%

Total

 

913

 

964

 

-5

%

1,877

 

1,598

 

17

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share dividend payout ratio(4) (%)

 

71.9

%

64.7

%

11

%

68.4

%

67.5

%

1

%

Ordinary share dividend payout ratio excluding goodwill, and significant items(5) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(6)

 

66.0

%

59.4

%

11

%

62.8

%

64.1

%

-2

%

 


(1)       Excludes preference share dividend

(2)       Dividends recorded when determined

(3)       This relates to prior period dividend payments

(4)       Dividend payout ratio calculated using proposed final dividend of $1,077 million not included in the above table. Dividend payout ratio for 2005 half year calculated using $930 million dividends paid in the September 2005 half. Dividend payout ratio for 2004 full year calculated using $983 million dividends paid in the March 2005 half

(5)       In 2005 ANZ has classified the $14 million profit after tax relating to the gain on sale of the NBNZ Life business as a significant item. ANZ excludes significant items to eliminate the distorting effect of one-off transactions on the results of its core business (refer page 12)

(6)       In 2005 ANZ has incurred $52 million after tax NBNZ incremental integration costs (2004 full year: $14 million; Sept 2005 half: $35 million; Mar 2005 half: $17 million). NBNZ incremental integration costs are excluded to enable analysis of the cost base following completion of the integration

 

 

 

Half

 

Half

 

Movt

 

Full

 

Full

 

Movt

 

 

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Preference share dividend(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TrUEPrS(2)

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

36

 

-100

%

ANZ StEPS(3)

 

34

 

32

 

6

%

66

 

62

 

6

%

Euro Hybrid

 

12

 

6

 

100

%

18

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

 

46

 

38

 

21

%

84

 

98

 

-14

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend per preference share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TrUEPrS (USD cents)

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

20.7

 

-100

%

ANZ StEPS (AUD)

 

$

3.40

 

$

3.18

 

7

%

$

6.58

 

$

6.22

 

3

%

Euro Hybrid (EUR)

 

14.22

 

7.23

 

97

%

21.45

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 


(1)       The US Stapled Trust Security issue, which was issued when TrUEPrS was bought back, is treated as debt, hence distributions are reported as an interest expense and not included in this note

(2)       The 2004 dividend on TrUEPrS is included in significant items. Refer page 12

(3)       StEPS payments are distributions paid to holders which represent interest on unsecured Notes which are stapled to a fully paid preference share

 

73



 

6.              Earnings per share

 

 

 

Half

 

Half

 

Movt

 

Full

 

Full

 

Movt

 

 

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Number of fully paid ordinary shares on issue (M)

 

1,826.4

 

1,822.7

 

0

%

1,826.4

 

1,818.4

 

0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to members of the Company ($M)

 

1,543

 

1,475

 

5

%

3,018

 

2,815

 

7

%

Preference share dividends

 

46

 

38

 

21

%

84

 

98

 

-14

%

Net profit excluding preference share dividends(1)

 

1,497

 

1,437

 

4

%

2,934

 

2,717

 

8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares prior to rights issue (M)

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

1,521.8

 

-100

%

Weighted average number of ordinary shares issued post rights issue (M)

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

10.0

 

-100

%

Weighted average number of ordinary shares issued under rights issue (M)

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

232.0

 

-100

%

Weighted average number of shares prior to dilution for rights issue (M)

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

1,763.8

 

-100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount factor based on Theoretical
Rights(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.9933

 

 

 

Adjustment for the impact of rights
issue (M)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

 

 

 

Adjusted weighted average number of
shares (M)

 

1,824.7

 

1,822.7

 

 

 

1,823.7

 

1,774.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share(3) (cents)

 

82.0

 

78.8

 

4

%

160.9

 

153.1

 

5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to members of the company excluding interest on US Hybrid securities(4) ($M)

 

1,522

 

1,460

 

4

%

2,982

 

2,761

 

8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted weighted average number of shares on issue (M)

 

1,824.7

 

1,822.7

 

0

%

1,823.7

 

1,774.1

 

3

%

Weighted average number of options potentially convertible to shares (M)

 

9.3

 

7.7

 

21

%

9.7

 

6.2

 

56

%

Weighted average number of convertible US Hybrid securities at current market
price(4) (M)

 

60.1

 

69.1

 

-13

%

60.1

 

64.5

 

-7

%

Adjusted weighted average number of shares - diluted (M)

 

1,894.1

 

1,899.5

 

0

%

1,893.5

 

1,844.8

 

3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share(3) (cents)

 

80.4

 

76.9

 

5

%

157.5

 

149.7

 

5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to members of the company(1) ($M)

 

1,497

 

1,437

 

4

%

2,934

 

2,717

 

8

%

Significant items - included in profit after tax(5)

 

(14

)

 

n/a

 

(14

)

(98

)

-86

%

- preference dividend(5) for
  TrUEPrS

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

36

 

-100

%

NBNZ incremental integration costs(6)

 

35

 

17

 

large

 

52

 

14

 

large

 

Earnings excluding significant items(5) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(6)

 

1,518

 

1,454

 

4

%

2,972

 

2,669

 

11

%

Earnings per share (cents) excluding significant items(5) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(6)

 

83.2

 

79.8

 

4

%

163.0

 

150.4

 

8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to members of the Company(1) ($M)

 

1,497

 

1,437

 

4

%

2,934

 

2,717

 

8

%

Significant items - included in profit after tax

 

(14

)

 

n/a

 

(14

)

(98

)

-86

%

- preference dividend(5) for TrUEPrS

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

36

 

-100

%

NBNZ incremental integration costs(6)

 

35

 

17

 

large

 

52

 

14

 

large

 

Goodwill amortisation (excluding NBNZ)(7)

 

32

 

30

 

7

%

62

 

60

 

3

%

Goodwill amortisation - NBNZ

 

81

 

81

 

0

%

162

 

129

 

26

%

Earnings excluding goodwill(7), significant items(5) and NBNZ incremental integration costs(6)

 

1,631

 

1,565

 

4

%

3,196

 

2,858

 

12

%

Earnings per share (cents) excluding goodwill amortisation, significant items(5) and NBNZ incremental integration(6) costs

 

89.4

 

85.9

 

4

%

175.2

 

161.1

 

9

%

 


(1)       Excludes preference share dividend

(2)       The EPS for 2004 has been adjusted for the bonus element of the rights issue: two rights shares for eleven existing shares issued 28 November 2003 (last trading shares cum rights 28 October 2003). The calculation is as follows:

 

Market price (ex dividend) on 28 October 2003

 

$

17.63

 

 

 

 

 

Theoretical ex rights price

 

$

16.92

 

($17.63 x 5.5 + $13.00) / 6.5

 

Discount factor prior to rights issue

 

0.9597

 

$16.92 / $17.63

 

Discount factor for reporting period of rights issue

 

0.9933

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

(1 / 0.9597) (59 / 366) + (307 / 366)

 

 

(3)       Discounted for rights issue in March 2004

(4)       Interest expense on US Hybrid securities was $72 million (2004 full year: $63 million; Sep 2005 half: $37 million; Mar 2005 half: $35 million). Share price $24.00 at 30 September 2005. Refer Note 10 for details on US Hybrid

(5)       In 2004 ANZ has classified the $14 million profit after tax on settlement of the INGA completion account, $84 million net profit after tax and $35 million dividends arising from the TrUEPrS transaction as significant items. ANZ excludes significant items to eliminate the distorting effect of one-off transactions on the results of its core business

(6)       In 2005 ANZ has incurred $52 million after tax NBNZ incremental integration costs (2004 full year: $14 million; Sep 2005 half: $35 million; Mar 2005 half: $17 million). NBNZ incremental integration costs are excluded to enable analysis of the cost base following completion of the integration

(7)       Includes INGA notional goodwill amortisation

 

74



 

7.              Net loans and advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movt

 

Movt

 

 

 

As at

 

As at

 

As at

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Mar 05

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

%

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term loans - housing(1)

 

89,558

 

84,484

 

78,660

 

6

%

14

%

Term loans - non housing

 

48,993

 

46,400

 

42,056

 

6

%

16

%

Lease finance / hire purchase

 

10,915

 

10,248

 

9,760

 

7

%

12

%

Overdrafts

 

5,276

 

5,101

 

4,390

 

3

%

20

%

Credit cards outstanding

 

5,434

 

4,853

 

4,523

 

12

%

20

%

Other

 

1,575

 

1,607

 

1,091

 

-2

%

44

%

 

 

161,751

 

152,693

 

140,480

 

6

%

15

%

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term loans - housing

 

34,860

 

33,123

 

31,519

 

5

%

11

%

Term loans - non housing

 

25,012

 

23,549

 

22,472

 

6

%

11

%

Lease finance / hire purchase

 

986

 

1,018

 

1,010

 

-3

%

-2

%

Overdrafts

 

1,647

 

1,683

 

1,604

 

-2

%

3

%

Credit cards outstanding

 

1,026

 

1,043

 

1,032

 

-2

%

-1

%

Other

 

859

 

640

 

584

 

34

%

47

%

 

 

64,390

 

61,056

 

58,221

 

5

%

11

%

Overseas markets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term loans - housing

 

592

 

519

 

464

 

14

%

28

%

Term loans - non housing

 

7,511

 

7,219

 

8,730

 

4

%

-14

%

Lease finance / hire purchase

 

217

 

201

 

111

 

8

%

95

%

Overdrafts

 

303

 

339

 

558

 

-11

%

-46

%

Credit cards outstanding

 

134

 

126

 

128

 

6

%

5

%

Other

 

68

 

303

 

122

 

-78

%

-44

%

 

 

8,825

 

8,707

 

10,113

 

1

%

-13

%

Total gross loans and advances(1),(2)

 

234,966

 

222,456

 

208,814

 

6

%

13

%

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for doubtful debts

 

(2,440

)

(2,401

)

(2,376

)

2

%

3

%

Income yet to mature

 

(1,574

)

(1,497

)

(1,476

)

5

%

7

%

Total net loans and advances(1),(2)

 

230,952

 

218,558

 

204,962

 

6

%

13

%

 


(1)       Securitised mortgages outstanding $1,615 million (Mar 2005: $1,921 million; Sep 2004: $2,272 million) not included in net loans and advances

(2)       Bills held in portfolio, $1,182 million (Mar 2005: $1,395 million; Sep 2004: $1,875 million) are included in trading securities

 

75



 

8.              Impaired assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movt

 

Movt

 

 

 

 

 

As at

 

As at

 

As at

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Mar 05

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

%

 

Summary of impaired assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accrual loans

 

 

 

642

 

640

 

829

 

0

%

-23

%

Restructured loans

 

 

 

28

 

30

 

32

 

-7

%

-13

%

Unproductive facilities

 

 

 

43

 

77

 

29

 

-44

%

48

%

Gross impaired assets

 

 

 

713

 

747

 

890

 

-5

%

-20

%

Less specific provisions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accrual loans

 

 

 

(256

)

(314

)

(378

)

-18

%

-32

%

Unproductive facilities

 

 

 

(17

)

(7

)

(6

)

large

 

large

 

Net impaired assets

 

 

 

440

 

426

 

506

 

3

%

-13

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accrual loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accrual loans

 

 

 

642

 

640

 

829

 

0

%

-23

%

Specific provisions

 

 

 

(256

)

(314

)

(378

)

-18

%

-32

%

Total net non-accrual loans

 

 

 

386

 

326

 

451

 

18

%

-14

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Before specific provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

355

 

408

 

422

 

-13

%

-16

%

New Zealand

 

 

 

194

 

105

 

115

 

85

%

69

%

Overseas markets

 

 

 

93

 

127

 

292

 

-27

%

-68

%

Total non-accrual loans

 

 

 

642

 

640

 

829

 

0

%

-23

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

After specific provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

202

 

220

 

213

 

-8

%

-5

%

New Zealand

 

 

 

111

 

42

 

47

 

large

 

large

 

Overseas markets

 

 

 

73

 

64

 

191

 

14

%

-62

%

Total net non-accrual loans

 

 

 

386

 

326

 

451

 

18

%

-14

%

 

 

 

Half

 

Half

 

Movt

 

Full

 

Full

 

Movt

 

 

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

New and increased non accrual loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

303

 

282

 

7

%

585

 

652

 

-10

%

New Zealand

 

204

 

78

 

large

 

282

 

174

 

62

%

Overseas markets

 

69

 

27

 

large

 

96

 

249

 

-61

%

Total new non accrual loans

 

576

 

387

 

49

%

963

 

1,075

 

-10

%

 

76



 

Further analysis on non-accrual loans at 30 September 2005 and interest and/or other income received during the period is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and / or

 

 

 

Gross balance

 

Specific

 

other income

 

 

 

outstanding

 

Provision

 

received

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

Non-accrual loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Without provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

82

 

 

1

 

New Zealand

 

3

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

46

 

 

1

 

 

 

131

 

 

2

 

With provisions and no, or partial, performance(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

264

 

152

 

5

 

New Zealand

 

130

 

68

 

1

 

Overseas markets

 

44

 

18

 

7

 

 

 

438

 

238

 

13

 

With provisions and full performance(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

9

 

1

 

3

 

New Zealand

 

61

 

15

 

4

 

Overseas markets

 

3

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

73

 

18

 

9

 

Total non-accrual loans

 

642

 

256

 

24

 

Restructured loans

 

28

 

 

1

 

Unproductive facilities

 

43

 

17

 

 

Total

 

713

 

273

 

25

 

 


(1)       A loan’s performance is assessed against its contractual repayment schedule

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movt

 

Movt

 

 

 

As at

 

As at

 

As at

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Mar 05

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

%

 

Unproductive facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

29

 

66

 

22

 

-56

%

32

%

New Zealand

 

7

 

 

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Overseas markets

 

7

 

11

 

7

 

-36

%

0

%

Gross unproductive facilities

 

43

 

77

 

29

 

-44

%

48

%

Specific provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

7

 

3

 

 

large

 

n/a

 

New Zealand

 

7

 

 

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Overseas markets

 

3

 

4

 

6

 

25

%

-50

%

Specific provision

 

17

 

7

 

6

 

large

 

large

 

Net unproductive facilities

 

26

 

70

 

23

 

-63

%

13

%

 

The following amounts are not classified as impaired assets and therefore are not included within the summary on page 76.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movt

 

Movt

 

 

 

 

 

As at

 

As at

 

As at

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Mar 05

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

%

 

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

282

 

262

 

188

 

8

%

50

%

New Zealand

 

 

 

66

 

90

 

77

 

-27

%

-14

%

Overseas markets

 

 

 

33

 

32

 

28

 

3

%

18

%

 

 

 

 

381

 

384

 

293

 

-1

%

30

%

 

77



 

Interest and other income forgone on impaired assets

 

The following table shows the estimated amount of interest and other income forgone, net of interest recoveries, on average impaired assets during the period.

 

 

 

Half

 

Half

 

Movt

 

Full

 

Full

 

Movt

 

 

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Gross interest and other income receivable on non-accrual loans, restructured loans and unproductive facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

14

 

12

 

17

%

26

 

29

 

-10

%

New Zealand

 

5

 

4

 

25

%

9

 

8

 

13

%

Overseas markets

 

8

 

8

 

0

%

16

 

25

 

-36

%

Total gross interest and other income receivable on impaired assets

 

27

 

24

 

13

%

51

 

62

 

-18

%

Interest and other income received

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

(7

)

(3

)

large

 

(10

)

(6

)

67

%

New Zealand

 

(3

)

(2

)

50

%

(5

)

(1

)

large

 

Overseas markets

 

(7

)

(3

)

large

 

(10

)

(12

)

-17

%

Total interest income and other income received

 

(17

)

(8

)

large

 

(25

)

(19

)

32

%

Net interest and other income forgone

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

7

 

9

 

-22

%

16

 

23

 

-30

%

New Zealand

 

2

 

2

 

0

%

4

 

7

 

-43

%

Overseas markets

 

1

 

5

 

-80

%

6

 

13

 

-54

%

Total net interest and other income forgone

 

10

 

16

 

-38

%

26

 

43

 

-40

%

 

In the event of customer default, any loan security is held as mortgagee in possession and therefore the Group does not hold any other real estate owned assets.

 

78



 

9. Provision for doubtful debts

 

 

 

Half

 

Half

 

Movt

 

Full

 

Full

 

Movt

 

 

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

General provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at start of period

 

2,080

 

1,992

 

4

%

1,992

 

1,534

 

30

%

Acquisition (disposal) of provisions

 

 

(13

)

-100

%

(13

)

216

 

large

 

Adjustment for exchange rate fluctuations

 

(3

)

(32

)

-91

%

(35

)

53

 

large

 

Charge to statement of financial performance

 

296

 

284

 

4

%

580

 

632

 

-8

%

Transfer to specific provision

 

(266

)

(205

)

30

%

(471

)

(525

)

-10

%

Recoveries

 

60

 

54

 

11

%

114

 

82

 

39

%

Total general provision

 

2,167

 

2,080

 

4

%

2,167

 

1,992

 

9

%

Specific provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at start of period

 

321

 

384

 

-16

%

384

 

484

 

-21

%

Acquisition of provisions

 

 

 

n/a

 

-

 

57

 

-100

%

Adjustment for exchange rate fluctuations

 

(4

)

(7

)

-43

%

(11

)

(2

)

large

 

Bad debts written off

 

(310

)

(261

)

19

%

(571

)

(680

)

-16

%

Transfer from general provision

 

266

 

205

 

30

%

471

 

525

 

-10

%

Total specific provision

 

273

 

321

 

-15

%

273

 

384

 

-29

%

Total provisions for doubtful debts

 

2,440

 

2,401

 

2

%

2,440

 

2,376

 

3

%

 

 

 

Half

 

Half

 

Movt

 

Full

 

Full

 

Movt

 

 

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Provision movement analysis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New and increased provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

216

 

162

 

33

%

378

 

459

 

-18

%

New Zealand

 

99

 

47

 

large

 

146

 

80

 

83

%

Overseas markets

 

37

 

43

 

-14

%

80

 

86

 

-7

%

 

 

352

 

252

 

40

%

604

 

625

 

-3

%

Provision releases

 

(86

)

(47

)

83

%

(133

)

(100

)

33

%

 

 

266

 

205

 

30

%

471

 

525

 

-10

%

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

 

(60

)

(54

)

11

%

(114

)

(82

)

39

%

Net specific provisions

 

206

 

151

 

36

%

357

 

443

 

-19

%

Net credit to general provision

 

90

 

133

 

-32

%

223

 

189

 

18

%

Charge to statement of financial performance

 

296

 

284

 

4

%

580

 

632

 

-8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movt

 

Movt

 

 

 

 

 

As at

 

As at

 

As at

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Mar 05

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

%

 

Specific provision balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

160

 

191

 

209

 

-16

%

-23

%

New Zealand

 

 

 

90

 

63

 

68

 

43

%

32

%

Domestic markets

 

 

 

250

 

254

 

277

 

-2

%

-10

%

Overseas markets

 

 

 

23

 

67

 

107

 

-66

%

-79

%

Total specific provision

 

 

 

273

 

321

 

384

 

-15

%

-29

%

 

79



 

10. Loan capital

 

 

 

Half

 

Half

 

Movt

 

Full

 

Full

 

Movt

 

 

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Hybrid loan capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US stapled trust security issue(1)

 

1,443

 

1,425

 

1

%

1,443

 

1,535

 

-6

%

Perpetual subordinated notes

 

394

 

389

 

1

%

394

 

419

 

-6

%

Subordinated notes

 

7,300

 

6,307

 

16

%

7,300

 

6,521

 

12

%

Total Loan Capital

 

9,137

 

8,121

 

13

%

9,137

 

8,475

 

8

%

 


(1)       Loan capital of USD1.1 billion is subordinated in right of payment to the claims of depositors and all other creditors of the parent entity and its controlled entities which have issued the notes. Hybrid loan capital constitutes Tier 1 capital as defined by the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority for capital adequacy purposes

 

11. Share Capital

 

Issued and quoted securities

 

 

 

 

 

Issue price

 

Amount paid

 

 

 

Number quoted

 

per share

 

up per share

 

Ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at 30 September 2005

 

1,826,449,480

 

 

 

 

 

Issued during the full year

 

17,678,450

 

 

 

 

 

Bought back during full year

 

9,630,777

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preference shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at 30 September 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ANZ StEPS

 

10,000,000

 

$

100

 

$

100

 

Euro Hybrid

 

500,000

 

1,000

 

1,000

 

Issued during full year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro Hybrid(1)

 

500,000

 

1,000

 

1,000

 

 


(1)       On 13 December 2004 the Group issued €500 million hybrid capital into the European market. The instruments consist of a coupon paying note issued by ANZ Jackson Funding PLC stapled to a fully paid up €1,000 preference share issued by Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

 

 

 

Half

 

Half

 

Movt

 

Full

 

Full

 

Movt

 

 

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

Net profit as a% of shareholders’ equity including preference shares at end of period

 

15.8

%

15.6

%

1

%

15.5

%

15.7

%

-1

%

 

80



 

12. Capital adequacy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movt

 

Movt

 

 

 

As at

 

As at

 

As at

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Mar 05

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

%

 

Qualifying capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity and outside equity interests

 

19,488

 

19,008

 

17,925

 

3

%

9

%

Hybrid loan capital(1)

 

1,443

 

1,425

 

1,535

 

1

%

-6

%

Less: Asset revaluation reserve

 

(31

)

(31

)

(31

)

0

%

0

%

Dividend(2)

 

(1,077

)

(930

)

(983

)

16

%

10

%

Accumulated retained profits and reserves of insurance, funds management and securitisation entities

 

(213

)

(266

)

(218

)

-20

%

-2

%

Unamortised goodwill and other intangibles

 

(3,902

)

(4,007

)

(4,170

)

-3

%

-6

%

Capitalised expenses(3)

 

(524

)

(492

)

(465

)

7

%

13

%

Investment in ANZ Lenders Mortgage Insurance

 

(27

)

(27

)

(27

)

0

%

0

%

Tier 1 capital

 

15,157

 

14,680

 

13,566

 

3

%

12

%

Tier 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset revaluation reserve

 

31

 

31

 

31

 

0

%

0

%

Perpetual subordinated notes

 

394

 

389

 

419

 

1

%

-6

%

General provision for doubtful debts(4)

 

1,448

 

1,390

 

1,342

 

4

%

8

%

 

 

1,873

 

1,810

 

1,792

 

3

%

5

%

Subordinated notes(5)

 

6,701

 

5,769

 

6,052

 

16

%

11

%

Tier 2 capital

 

8,574

 

7,579

 

7,844

 

13

%

9

%

Deductions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in funds management and securitisation entities

 

84

 

106

 

107

 

-21

%

-21

%

Investment in joint ventures with ING(6)

 

528

 

478

 

708

 

10

%

-25

%

Other

 

172

 

183

 

204

 

-6

%

-16

%

Total deductions

 

784

 

767

 

1,019

 

2

%

-23

%

Total qualifying capital

 

22,947

 

21,492

 

20,391

 

7

%

13

%

Adjusted common equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital

 

15,157

 

14,680

 

13,566

 

3

%

12

%

Less: Preference share capital

 

3,233

 

3,263

 

2,535

 

-1

%

28

%

Deductions

 

784

 

767

 

1,019

 

2

%

-23

%

Adjusted common equity(7)

 

11,140

 

10,650

 

10,012

 

5

%

11

%

Ratios (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1

 

6.9

%

7.0

%

6.9

%

-1

%

0

%

Tier 2

 

3.9

%

3.6

%

4.0

%

8

%

-3

%

 

 

10.8

%

10.6

%

10.9

%

2

%

-1

%

Less: Deductions

 

(0.3

)%

(0.3

)%

(0.5

)%

0

%

-40

%

Total

 

10.5

%

10.3

%

10.4

%

2

%

1

%

Adjusted common equity

 

5.1

%

5.1

%

5.1

%

0

%

0

%

Risk weighted assets

 

219,573

 

209,524

 

196,664

 

5

%

12

%

 


(1)       Represents the US Stapled Trust Security Issue approved by APRA as qualifying for Tier 1 status. Refer Note 10

(2)       Relates to dividend not provided for

(3)       Comprises loan and lease origination fees, capitalised securitisation establishment costs and costs associated with debt raisings

(4)       Net of attributable future income tax benefit

(5)       For capital adequacy calculation purposes, subordinated note issues are reduced by 20% of the original amount over the last four years to maturity

(6)       Joint ventures with ING in Australia and New Zealand

(7)       Tier 1 capital, less preference share capital (converted at 30 September 2005 rates), less deductions

 

81



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

Risk Weighted Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sep

 

Sep

 

Sep

 

Sep

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

Statement of financial position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zero risk weighted assets

 

 

 

 

 

23,160

 

24,467

 

 

 

Claims on approved banks and local governments

 

 

 

 

 

16,054

 

12,593

 

3,211

 

2,519

 

Advances secured by mortgages eligible for 50% risk weighting

 

 

 

 

 

118,895

 

106,013

 

59,448

 

53,007

 

Other assets - credit risk

 

 

 

 

 

127,204

 

113,218

 

127,204

 

113,218

 

Total statement of financial position assets - credit risk

 

 

 

 

 

285,313

 

256,291

 

189,863

 

168,744

 

Trading assets - market risk

 

 

 

 

 

7,872

 

3,054

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Total statement of financial position assets

 

 

 

 

 

293,185

 

259,345

 

189,863

 

168,744

 

 

 

 

Notional Amount

 

Credit Equivalent

 

Risk Weighted Assets

 

 

 

Sep

 

Sep

 

Sep

 

Sep

 

Sep

 

Sep

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

Off-balance sheet exposures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct credit substitutes

 

9,657

 

10,262

 

9,657

 

10,262

 

7,337

 

8,173

 

Trade and performance related items

 

13,175

 

11,887

 

5,683

 

5,265

 

4,953

 

4,728

 

Commitments

 

87,319

 

78,914

 

14,017

 

12,385

 

12,249

 

10,239

 

Foreign exchange, interest rate and other market related transactions

 

782,380

 

672,500

 

12,309

 

11,692

 

3,681

 

3,790

 

Total off balance sheet exposures - credit risk

 

892,531

 

773,563

 

41,666

 

39,604

 

28,220

 

26,930

 

Total risk weighted assets - credit risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

218,083

 

195,674

 

Risk weighted assets - market risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,490

 

990

 

Total risk weighted assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

219,573

 

196,664

 

 

82



 

13. Average balance sheet and related interest

 

Averages used in the following tables are predominantly daily averages.  Interest income figures are presented on a tax-equivalent basis.  Non-accrual loans are included under the interest earning asset category, “loans, advances and bills discounted”.  Intragroup interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities are treated as external assets and liabilities for the geographic segments.

 

 

 

Full year Sep 05

 

Full year Sep 04

 

 

 

Ave bal

 

Int

 

Rate

 

Ave bal

 

Int

 

Rate

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

807

 

42

 

5.2

%

578

 

29

 

5.0

%

New Zealand

 

2,242

 

126

 

5.6

%

2,284

 

115

 

5.0

%

Overseas markets

 

2,664

 

90

 

3.4

%

2,322

 

43

 

1.9

%

Investments in public securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

8,202

 

444

 

5.4

%

7,231

 

389

 

5.4

%

New Zealand

 

2,226

 

133

 

6.0

%

3,038

 

150

 

4.9

%

Overseas markets

 

2,647

 

88

 

3.3

%

3,175

 

95

 

3.0

%

Loans, advances and bills discounted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

151,066

 

10,543

 

7.0

%

129,658

 

8,893

 

6.9

%

New Zealand

 

61,035

 

5,132

 

8.4

%

48,346

 

3,701

 

7.7

%

Overseas markets

 

9,060

 

461

 

5.1

%

9,810

 

421

 

4.3

%

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

2,124

 

101

 

4.8

%

1,524

 

127

 

8.3

%

New Zealand

 

2,912

 

101

 

3.5

%

2,252

 

58

 

2.6

%

Overseas markets

 

3,319

 

191

 

5.8

%

1,935

 

127

 

6.6

%

Intragroup assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

9,473

 

330

 

3.5

%

10,670

 

225

 

2.1

%

 

 

257,777

 

17,782

 

 

 

222,823

 

14,373

 

 

 

Intragroup elimination

 

(9,473

)

(330

)

 

 

(10,670

)

(225

)

 

 

 

 

248,304

 

17,452

 

7.0

%

212,153

 

14,148

 

6.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acceptances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

13,166

 

 

 

 

 

13,398

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

74

 

 

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment

 

1,507

 

 

 

 

 

1,460

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

18,784

 

 

 

 

 

18,224

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

(1,823

)

 

 

 

 

(1,762

)

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

(608

)

 

 

 

 

(481

)

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

(15

)

 

 

 

 

(66

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,085

 

 

 

 

 

30,827

 

 

 

 

 

Total average assets

 

279,389

 

 

 

 

 

242,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

83



 

 

 

Full year Sep 05

 

Full year Sep 04

 

 

 

Ave bal

 

Int

 

Rate

 

Ave bal

 

Int

 

Rate

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

39,388

 

2,126

 

5.4

%

30,839

 

1,589

 

5.2

%

New Zealand

 

25,582

 

1,597

 

6.2

%

20,910

 

1,138

 

5.4

%

Overseas markets

 

11,075

 

383

 

3.5

%

12,772

 

296

 

2.3

%

Savings deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

13,896

 

413

 

3.0

%

13,017

 

352

 

2.7

%

New Zealand

 

7,210

 

291

 

4.0

%

6,463

 

212

 

3.3

%

Overseas markets

 

417

 

3

 

0.7

%

386

 

3

 

0.8

%

Other demand deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

33,950

 

1,432

 

4.2

%

29,737

 

1,182

 

4.0

%

New Zealand

 

7,992

 

412

 

5.2

%

6,428

 

256

 

4.0

%

Overseas markets

 

794

 

13

 

1.6

%

662

 

9

 

1.4

%

Due to other financial institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,456

 

86

 

5.9

%

1,452

 

85

 

5.9

%

New Zealand

 

1,680

 

93

 

5.5

%

1,608

 

76

 

4.7

%

Overseas markets

 

4,642

 

166

 

3.6

%

3,736

 

77

 

2.1

%

Commercial paper

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

5,355

 

299

 

5.6

%

5,824

 

313

 

5.4

%

New Zealand

 

7,717

 

521

 

6.8

%

6,764

 

383

 

5.7

%

Overseas markets

 

5,915

 

160

 

2.7

%

6,485

 

74

 

1.1

%

Borrowing corporations’ debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

7,344

 

403

 

5.5

%

7,092

 

371

 

5.2

%

New Zealand

 

1,954

 

125

 

6.4

%

1,925

 

110

 

5.7

%

Loan capital, bonds and notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

38,305

 

2,144

 

5.6

%

29,631

 

1,575

 

5.3

%

New Zealand

 

4,757

 

335

 

7.0

%

2,009

 

121

 

6.0

%

Overseas markets

 

137

 

4

 

2.9

%

150

 

3

 

2.0

%

Other liabilities(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

4,593

 

443

 

n/a

 

4,232

 

538

 

n/a

 

New Zealand

 

106

 

163

 

n/a

 

40

 

83

 

n/a

 

Overseas markets

 

90

 

17

 

n/a

 

82

 

17

 

n/a

 

Intragroup liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

3,648

 

(13

)

-0.4

%

5,644

 

(19

)

-0.3

%

New Zealand

 

5,825

 

343

 

5.9

%

5,026

 

244

 

4.9

%

 

 

233,828

 

11,959

 

 

 

202,914

 

9,088

 

 

 

Intragroup elimination

 

(9,473

)

(330

)

 

 

(10,670

)

(225

)

 

 

 

 

224,355

 

11,629

 

5.2

%

192,244

 

8,863

 

4.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

4,147

 

 

 

 

 

3,958

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

3,535

 

 

 

 

 

2,619

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

976

 

 

 

 

 

867

 

 

 

 

 

Acceptances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

13,166

 

 

 

 

 

13,398

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

73

 

 

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

14,453

 

 

 

 

 

13,611

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,350

 

 

 

 

 

34,507

 

 

 

 

 

Total average liabilities

 

260,705

 

 

 

 

 

226,751

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)       Includes foreign exchange swap costs

 

84



 

 

 

Half year Sep 05

 

Half year Mar 05

 

 

 

Ave bal

 

Int

 

Rate

 

Ave bal

 

Int

 

Rate

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

880

 

23

 

5.2

%

733

 

19

 

5.2

%

New Zealand

 

2,092

 

63

 

6.0

%

2,392

 

63

 

5.3

%

Overseas markets

 

3,108

 

58

 

3.7

%

2,218

 

32

 

2.9

%

Investments in public securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

8,567

 

234

 

5.4

%

7,835

 

210

 

5.4

%

New Zealand

 

2,052

 

63

 

6.1

%

2,401

 

70

 

5.8

%

Overseas markets

 

2,474

 

43

 

3.5

%

2,821

 

45

 

3.2

%

Loans, advances and bills discounted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

156,035

 

5,529

 

7.1

%

146,069

 

5,014

 

6.9

%

New Zealand

 

62,829

 

2,679

 

8.5

%

59,230

 

2,453

 

8.3

%

Overseas markets

 

8,770

 

244

 

5.5

%

9,352

 

217

 

4.6

%

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

2,448

 

54

 

4.4

%

1,803

 

47

 

5.2

%

New Zealand

 

3,339

 

60

 

3.6

%

2,481

 

41

 

3.3

%

Overseas markets

 

4,010

 

109

 

5.4

%

2,624

 

82

 

6.3

%

Intragroup assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

9,242

 

179

 

3.9

%

9,706

 

151

 

3.1

%

 

 

265,846

 

9,338

 

 

 

249,665

 

8,444

 

 

 

Intragroup elimination

 

(9,242

)

(179

)

 

 

(9,706

)

(151

)

 

 

 

 

256,604

 

9,159

 

7.1

%

239,959

 

8,293

 

6.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acceptances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

13,258

 

 

 

 

 

13,073

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment

 

1,553

 

 

 

 

 

1,527

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

20,185

 

 

 

 

 

17,307

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

(1,852

)

 

 

 

 

(1,792

)

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

(620

)

 

 

 

 

(594

)

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

(32

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,612

 

 

 

 

 

29,550

 

 

 

 

 

Total average assets

 

289,216

 

 

 

 

 

269,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

85



 

 

 

 

Half year Sep 05

 

Half year Mar 05

 

 

 

Ave bal

 

Int

 

Rate

 

Ave bal

 

Int

 

Rate

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

40,122

 

1,106

 

5.5

%

38,650

 

1,020

 

5.3

%

New Zealand

 

25,537

 

815

 

6.4

%

25,626

 

782

 

6.1

%

Overseas markets

 

11,185

 

210

 

3.7

%

10,965

 

173

 

3.2

%

Savings deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

14,092

 

214

 

3.0

%

13,699

 

199

 

2.9

%

New Zealand

 

7,264

 

151

 

4.1

%

7,155

 

140

 

3.9

%

Overseas markets

 

419

 

2

 

1.0

%

415

 

1

 

0.5

%

Other demand deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

35,443

 

766

 

4.3

%

32,448

 

666

 

4.1

%

New Zealand

 

8,165

 

219

 

5.3

%

7,818

 

193

 

4.9

%

Overseas markets

 

805

 

7

 

1.7

%

783

 

6

 

1.5

%

Due to other financial institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,515

 

47

 

6.2

%

1,397

 

39

 

5.6

%

New Zealand

 

1,567

 

48

 

6.1

%

1,793

 

45

 

5.0

%

Overseas markets

 

5,073

 

102

 

4.0

%

4,209

 

64

 

3.0

%

Commercial paper

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

5,150

 

147

 

5.7

%

5,561

 

152

 

5.5

%

New Zealand

 

7,769

 

268

 

6.9

%

7,664

 

253

 

6.6

%

Overseas markets

 

6,088

 

97

 

3.2

%

5,740

 

63

 

2.2

%

Borrowing corporations’ debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

7,448

 

207

 

5.5

%

7,239

 

196

 

5.4

%

New Zealand

 

1,927

 

63

 

6.6

%

1,981

 

62

 

6.3

%

Loan capital, bonds and notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

41,281

 

1,179

 

5.7

%

35,312

 

965

 

5.5

%

New Zealand

 

5,906

 

211

 

7.1

%

3,601

 

124

 

6.9

%

Overseas markets

 

136

 

2

 

2.9

%

139

 

2

 

2.9

%

Other liabilities(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

4,729

 

239

 

n/a

 

4,458

 

204

 

n/a

 

New Zealand

 

150

 

98

 

n/a

 

65

 

65

 

n/a

 

Overseas markets

 

95

 

7

 

n/a

 

86

 

10

 

n/a

 

Intragroup liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

3,111

 

(5

)

-0.3

%

4,189

 

(8

)

-0.4

%

New Zealand

 

6,131

 

184

 

6.0

%

5,517

 

159

 

5.8

%

 

 

241,108

 

6,384

 

 

 

226,510

 

5,575

 

 

 

Intragroup elimination

 

(9,242

)

(179

)

 

 

(9,706

)

(151

)

 

 

 

 

231,866

 

6,205

 

5.3

%

216,804

 

5,424

 

5.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

4,174

 

 

 

 

 

4,121

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

3,771

 

 

 

 

 

3,298

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

1,071

 

 

 

 

 

881

 

 

 

 

 

Acceptances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

13,258

 

 

 

 

 

13,073

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

15,924

 

 

 

 

 

12,972

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,284

 

 

 

 

 

34,406

 

 

 

 

 

Total average liabilities

 

270,150

 

 

 

 

 

251,210

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)       Includes foreign exchange swap costs

 

86



 

 

 

Half

 

Half

 

Full

 

Full

 

 

 

year

 

year

 

year

 

year

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

Total average assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

193,130

 

178,814

 

185,990

 

162,944

 

New Zealand

 

76,323

 

72,413

 

74,374

 

61,027

 

Overseas markets

 

29,005

 

27,988

 

28,498

 

29,679

 

less intragroup elimination

 

(9,242

)

(9,706

)

(9,473

)

(10,670

)

 

 

289,216

 

269,509

 

279,389

 

242,980

 

% of total average assets attributable to overseas activities

 

33.2

%

33.7

%

33.4

%

32.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

167,930

 

156,440

 

162,199

 

138,991

 

New Zealand

 

70,312

 

66,504

 

68,415

 

55,920

 

Overseas markets

 

27,604

 

26,721

 

27,163

 

27,912

 

less intragroup elimination

 

(9,242

)

(9,706

)

(9,473

)

(10,670

)

 

 

256,604

 

239,959

 

248,304

 

212,153

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total average liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

182,537

 

168,808

 

175,691

 

153,927

 

New Zealand

 

71,899

 

68,163

 

70,037

 

57,550

 

Overseas markets

 

24,956

 

23,945

 

24,450

 

25,944

 

less intragroup elimination

 

(9,242

)

(9,706

)

(9,473

)

(10,670

)

 

 

270,150

 

251,210

 

260,705

 

226,751

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total average shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share capital

 

17,208

 

16,790

 

17,000

 

15,000

 

Preference share capital

 

1,858

 

1,509

 

1,684

 

1,229

 

 

 

19,066

 

18,299

 

18,684

 

16,229

 

Total average liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

289,216

 

269,509

 

279,389

 

242,980

 

% of total average liabilities attributable to overseas activities

 

33.6

%

34.5

%

34.0

%

34.6

%

 

87



 

14. Interest spreads and net interest average margins

 

Intragroup interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities are treated as external assets and liabilities for the

geographic segments.

 

 

 

Half

 

Half

 

Full

 

Full

 

 

 

year

 

year

 

year

 

year

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross earnings rate(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

6.94

 

6.78

 

6.86

 

6.79

 

New Zealand

 

8.13

 

7.92

 

8.03

 

7.20

 

Overseas markets

 

4.58

 

3.94

 

4.27

 

3.27

 

Total Group

 

7.12

 

6.93

 

7.03

 

6.67

 

 

Interest spread and net interest average margin may be analysed as follows:

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest spread

 

1.86

 

1.98

 

1.92

 

2.11

 

Interest forgone on impaired assets

 

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

(0.02

)

Net interest spread

 

1.85

 

1.97

 

1.91

 

2.09

 

Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items

 

0.45

 

0.41

 

0.43

 

0.39

 

Net interest average margin - Australia

 

2.30

 

2.38

 

2.34

 

2.48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest spread

 

1.76

 

1.96

 

1.86

 

2.08

 

Interest forgone on impaired assets

 

(0.00

)

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

Net interest spread

 

1.76

 

1.95

 

1.85

 

2.07

 

Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items

 

0.53

 

0.48

 

0.51

 

0.43

 

Net interest average margin - New Zealand

 

2.29

 

2.43

 

2.36

 

2.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest spread

 

1.01

 

1.11

 

1.05

 

1.34

 

Interest forgone on impaired assets

 

(0.01

)

(0.04

)

(0.02

)

(0.04

)

Net interest spread

 

1.00

 

1.07

 

1.03

 

1.30

 

Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items

 

0.50

 

0.47

 

0.49

 

0.25

 

Net interest average margin - Overseas markets

 

1.50

 

1.54

 

1.52

 

1.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest spread

 

1.79

 

1.93

 

1.86

 

2.08

 

Interest forgone on impaired assets

 

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

(0.02

)

Net interest spread

 

1.78

 

1.92

 

1.85

 

2.06

 

Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items

 

0.52

 

0.48

 

0.50

 

0.43

 

Net interest average margin

 

2.30

 

2.40

 

2.35

 

2.49

 

 


(1)       Average interest rate received on interest earning assets

 

88



 

15. Derivative financial instruments

 

Derivatives

 

Derivative instruments are contracts whose value is derived from one or more underlying financial instruments or indices.  They include swaps, forward rate agreements, futures, options and combinations of these instruments.  The use of derivatives and their sale to customers as risk management products is an integral part of the Group’s trading activities.  Derivatives are also used to manage the Group’s own exposure to fluctuations in exchange and interest rates as part of its asset and liability management activities.  Derivatives are subject to the same types of credit and market risk as other financial instruments, and the Group manages these risks in a consistent manner.

 

The following table provides an overview of the Group’s exchange rate and interest rate derivatives.  It includes all contracts, both trading and other than trading.

 

 

 

30 September 2005

 

30 September 2004

 

 

 

Notional

 

Credit

 

 

 

Notional

 

Credit

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

Equivalent

 

Fair

 

Principal

 

Equivalent

 

Fair

 

 

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Value

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Value

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

Foreign exchange and commodities contracts(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spot and forward contracts

 

184,958

 

3,082

 

(178

)

183,825

 

3,216

 

(1,411

)

Swap agreements

 

68,892

 

3,638

 

(561

)

51,437

 

3,095

 

(25

)

Futures contracts(1)

 

256

 

n/a

 

4

 

251

 

n/a

 

2

 

Options purchased

 

9,340

 

315

 

186

 

13,288

 

398

 

224

 

Options sold(2)

 

14,925

 

n/a

 

(174

)

18,852

 

n/a

 

(226

)

Other contracts

 

4,963

 

573

 

(2

)

2,690

 

437

 

115

 

 

 

283,334

 

7,608

 

(725

)

270,343

 

7,146

 

(1,321

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward rate agreements

 

47,734

 

8

 

1

 

39,572

 

9

 

5

 

Swap agreements

 

405,152

 

3,443

 

431

 

321,581

 

3,681

 

424

 

Futures contracts(1)

 

35,111

 

n/a

 

8

 

38,270

 

n/a

 

4

 

Options purchased

 

12,810

 

96

 

62

 

12,810

 

111

 

64

 

Options sold(2)

 

16,715

 

n/a

 

(42

)

15,214

 

n/a

 

(35

)

 

 

517,522

 

3,547

 

460

 

427,447

 

3,801

 

462

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit default swaps(3)

 

15,437

 

2,929

 

(1

)

11,743

 

3,381

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

816,293

 

14,084

 

(266

)

709,533

 

14,328

 

(828

)

 


(1)

 

Credit equivalent amounts have not been included as there is minimal credit risk associated with exchange traded futures where the clearing house is the counterparty

(2)

 

Options sold have no credit exposures as they represent obligations rather than assets

(3)

 

Credit default swaps include structured transactions that expose the Group to the performance of certain assets. The total investment of the Group in these transactions is USD 500 million (Sep 2004:USD 750 million)

(4)

 

The fair value of foreign exchange contracts includes an increase of $586 million (Sep 2004: $519 million reduction) in respect of cash collateral paid (Sep 2004: received) under credit support agreements

 

Notional principal amount is the face value of the contract and represents the volume of outstanding transactions.  Credit equivalent amount is calculated in accordance with the APRA capital adequacy guidelines and combines the aggregate value of all contracts in a positive market position plus an allowance for the potential increase in value over the remaining term of the transaction.  Fair value is the net position of contracts with positive market values and negative market values.

 

89



 

Hedging

 

In addition to customer and trading activities, the Group uses derivatives to manage the risk associated with its balance sheet and future revenue streams.  Revenue related hedges are separately listed in the table below.

 

The table below shows the notional principal amount, credit equivalent amount and fair value of derivatives held by the Group, split between those entered into for customer-related and trading purposes and those entered into for other than trading purposes.

 

 

 

30 September 2005

 

30 September 2004

 

 

 

Notional

 

Credit

 

 

 

Notional

 

Credit

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

Equivalent

 

Fair

 

Principal

 

Equivalent

 

Fair

 

 

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Value

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Value

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

Foreign exchange and commodities contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer-related and trading purposes

 

211,169

 

4,676

 

2,138

 

210,818

 

4,512

 

94

 

Balance sheet hedging purposes

 

68,208

 

2,852

 

(2,904

)

56,039

 

2,585

 

(1,371

)

Revenue related hedging

 

3,957

 

80

 

41

 

3,486

 

49

 

(44

)

 

 

283,334

 

7,608

 

(725

)

270,343

 

7,146

 

(1,321

)

Interest rate contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer-related and trading purposes

 

408,901

 

2,902

 

188

 

340,104

 

3,162

 

166

 

Balance sheet hedging purposes

 

108,621

 

645

 

272

 

87,343

 

639

 

296

 

 

 

517,522

 

3,547

 

460

 

427,447

 

3,801

 

462

 

Credit contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer-related and trading purposes

 

13,159

 

1,154

 

(4

)

8,775

 

745

 

(5

)

Balance sheet hedging purposes

 

2,278

 

1,775

 

3

 

2,968

 

2,636

 

36

 

 

 

15,437

 

2,929

 

(1

)

11,743

 

3,381

 

31

 

Total

 

816,293

 

14,084

 

(266

)

709,533

 

14,328

 

(828

)

 

90



 

16. Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

 

Contingent liabilities

 

                  General

 

There are outstanding court proceedings, claims and possible claims against the Group, the aggregate amount of which cannot readily be quantified.  Appropriate legal advice has been obtained and, in the light of such advice, provisions as deemed necessary have been made.  We have in some instances not disclosed the estimated financial impact as this may prejudice the interests of the Group.

 

                  Sale of Grindlays businesses

 

On 31 July 2000, ANZ completed the sale to Standard Chartered Bank (SCB) of ANZ Grindlays Bank Limited and the private banking business of ANZ in the United Kingdom and Jersey, together with ANZ Grindlays (Jersey) Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries, for USD1.3 billion in cash.  ANZ provided warranties and certain indemnities relating to those businesses and, where it anticipated that payments would be likely under the warranties or indemnities, made provisions to cover the anticipated liability.  The issues below have not impacted our reported results.  All settlements and costs have been covered within the provisions established at the time.  ANZ may be held liable in relation to the following:

 

                  FERA

 

In 1991 certain amounts were transferred from non-convertible Indian Rupee accounts maintained with Grindlays in India.  These transactions may not have complied with the provisions of the Foreign Exchange Regulation Act, 1973.  Grindlays, on its own initiative, brought these transactions to the attention of the Reserve Bank of India.  The Indian authorities have served notices on Grindlays and certain of its officers in India that could lead to possible penalties.  Criminal prosecutions have also been foreshadowed and, in the case of two former officers, commenced.  Grindlays has commenced proceedings in the court contesting the validity of these notices and prosecutions, which are currently stayed pending the outcome of the court proceedings.

 

                  Differential Cheques

 

In June 2003, Grindlays was successful in its appeal against orders to repay, with interest, two payments it received from a stockbroker in 1991 in connection with securities transactions.  These orders had directed repayment of Indian Rupees 24 million (plus interest accruing at 24% since 1991).  Since the appeal decision was handed down, no further action has been taken against Grindlays in relation to a further twelve payments received by it in 1991 in similar circumstances totalling Indian Rupees 277 million.

 

In addition, ANZ provided an indemnity relating to tax liabilities of Grindlays (and its subsidiaries) and the Jersey Sub-Group to the extent to which such liabilities were not provided for in the Grindlays accounts as at 31 July 2000.  Claims have been made under this indemnity also, with no material impact on the Group expected.

 

                  Noga Claim

 

On 10 March 2005, leave was given by the High Court in London to certain parties to make a claim against ANZ over its role in 1996 as arranger and escrow agent in respect of a buyback of Nigerian Government bills of exchange (“the Noga claim”).  The claim was disclosed by ANZ in view of its potential size (DEM 973 million [$833 million at 31 March 2005 exchange rates] plus interest).  ANZ considered the Noga claim to be opportunistic and that the chances of it being successful were very remote.  As announced on 29 April 2005, ANZ took the opportunity to settle the proceedings at an early stage at a level which is not material to the bank.

 

                  Contingent tax liability

 

The Group in Australia was during the year subjected to client risk reviews by the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) across a broad spectrum of matters, as part of normal ATO procedures.  The reviews mainly covered years up to 2003.  Some matters have been listed by the ATO for further investigation.

 

The ATO is also reviewing the taxation treatment of certain other transactions undertaken by the Group in the course of normal business activities.

 

In addition, at the Company’s request the ATO is reviewing the taxation treatment of the sale of Grindlays in 2000.  It is also reviewing the transfer of the life and funds management businesses into the joint venture with ING in 2002.

 

During the year the Company and the ATO settled the remaining outstanding issues from the large case tax audit which commenced in 1995.  The settlement was within existing provisions.

 

The Group in New Zealand is being audited by the Inland Revenue Department (IRD) as part of normal revenue authority procedures, with a particular focus on certain kinds of structured finance transactions.  The IRD has issued Notices of Proposed Adjustment (the ‘Notices’) in respect of some of those structured finance transactions.  The Notices are not tax assessments and do not establish a tax liability, but are the first step in a formal disputes process.  In addition, some tax assessments have been received.  Should the same position be adopted by the IRD on the remaining transactions of that kind as reflected in the Notices and tax assessments received, the maximum potential tax liability would be approximately NZD432 million (including interest tax effected) for the period to 30 September 2005.  Of that maximum potential liability, approximately NZD124 million is subject to tax indemnities provided by Lloyds TSB Bank PLC under the agreement by which ANZ acquired the National Bank of New Zealand and which relate to transactions undertaken by the National Bank of New Zealand before December 2003.

 

91



 

General or issue-specific audits and other investigations are being undertaken by revenue authorities in the United States, the United Kingdom and in other jurisdictions as part of normal revenue authority activity in those countries.

 

The Company has assessed these and other taxation claims arising in Australia, New Zealand and elsewhere, including seeking independent advice where appropriate, and believes that it holds appropriate provisions.

 

                  Interbank Deposit Agreement

 

ANZ has entered into an Interbank Deposit Agreement with the major banks in the payments system.  This agreement is a payment system support facility certified by the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority, where the terms are such that if any bank is experiencing liquidity problems, the other participants are required to deposit equal amounts of up to $2 billion for a period of 30 days.  At the end of 30 days the deposit holder has the option to repay the deposit in cash or by way of assignment of mortgages to the value of the deposit.

 

                  Clearing and Settlement Obligations

 

In accordance with the clearing and settlement arrangements set out:

 

                  in the Australian Payments Clearing Association Limited (APCA) Regulations for the Australian Paper Clearing System, the Bulk Electronic Clearing System, the Consumer Electronic Clearing System and the High Value Clearing System (HVCS), the Company has a commitment to rules which could result in a bilateral exposure and loss in the event of a failure to settle by a member institution; and

 

                  in the Austraclear System Regulations, the Company has a commitment to participate in loss-sharing arrangements in the event of a failure to settle by a member institution.

 

For both the APCA HVCS and Austraclear, the obligation arises only in limited circumstances.

 

Contingent asset matters

 

                  National Housing Bank

 

In 1992, Grindlays received a claim aggregating approximately Indian Rupees 5.06 billion from the National Housing Bank (NHB) in India.  The claim arose out of cheques drawn by NHB in favour of Grindlays, the proceeds of which were credited to the account of a Grindlays customer.

 

Grindlays won an arbitration award in March 1997, under which NHB paid Grindlays an award of Indian Rupees 9.12 billion.  NHB subsequently won an appeal to the Special Court of Mumbai, after which Grindlays filed an appeal with the Supreme Court of India.  Grindlays paid the disputed money including interest into court.  Ultimately, the parties settled the matter and agreed to share the moneys paid into court which by then totalled Indian Rupees 16.45 billion (AUD 661 million at 19 January 2002 exchange rates), with Grindlays receiving Indian Rupees 6.20 billion (AUD 248 million at 19 January 2002 exchange rates) of the disputed monies.  ANZ in turn received a payment of USD124 million (USD equivalent of the Indian Rupees received by Grindlays) from Standard Chartered Bank under the terms of an indemnity given in connection with the sale of Grindlays to Standard Chartered Bank.

 

ANZ Claims

 

ANZ is pursuing two separate actions arising from the above.

 

(a)          A $130 million plus compound interest claim against its insurers.  $130 million is the balance of the limit of indemnity under ANZs insurance arrangements for the 1991-92 policy year.

 

The proceedings, in the Supreme Court of Victoria, are against ANZs captive insurance company ANZcover Insurance Pty Ltd (ANZcover).  ANZcover is an authorised general insurer restricted to insuring the interests of ANZ and its subsidiaries.  ANZcover in turn purchases reinsurance from global reinsurers, primarily in the London reinsurance market.  ANZcover has no retained exposure to the NHB claim, which is fully reinsured, save for a small exposure arising from the insolvency of some reinsurers in the London market.

 

The insurers contest liability and the proceedings remain on foot.  The trial before the Supreme Court of Victoria is scheduled to be heard in early 2006.

 

(b)         ANZ is entitled to share with NHB in the proceeds of any recovery from the estate of the customer whose account was credited with the cheques drawn by NHB.  However, the Indian Taxation Department is claiming a statutory priority to all of the funds available for distribution to creditors of that customer.

 

No amounts receivable under either of these actions have been recognised in these accounts, except for $0.9 million which has been received from insurers, by way of settlement or distributions from schemes of arrangement, representing, in aggregate, $1.1 million of indemnity.

 

92



 

17. Note to the Statement of Cash Flows

 

(a) Reconciliation of profit after income tax to net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

Half

 

Half

 

Full

 

Full

 

 

 

year

 

year

 

year

 

year

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

Inflows

 

Inflows

 

Inflows

 

Inflows

 

 

 

(Outflows)

 

(Outflows)

 

(Outflows)

 

(Outflows)

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax

 

1,543

 

1,475

 

3,018

 

2,815

 

Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for doubtful debts

 

296

 

284

 

580

 

632

 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

244

 

240

 

484

 

455

 

Expense provisions

 

261

 

295

 

556

 

429

 

Payments from provisions

 

(218

)

(280

)

(498

)

(395

)

Provision for surplus lease space

 

 

 

 

7

 

(Profit) loss on property disposals

 

5

 

17

 

22

 

5

 

Decrease (increase) in interest receivable

 

67

 

21

 

88

 

(478

)

(Decrease) increase in interest payable

 

202

 

12

 

214

 

605

 

(Increase) decrease in trading securities

 

(183

)

(638

)

(821

)

514

 

(Increase) decrease in net tax assets

 

38

 

124

 

162

 

921

 

Unrealised (gain) loss on revaluation of treasury instruments

 

(88

)

(635

)

(723

)

(169

)

Other

 

3

 

(55

)

(52

)

(91

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

2,170

 

860

 

3,030

 

5,250

 

Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at the end of the period as shown in the statement of cash flows is reconciled to the related items in the balance sheet as follows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets - less than 3 months

 

9,600

 

7,180

 

9,600

 

4,998

 

Due from other financial institutions - less than 3 months

 

4,102

 

4,516

 

4,102

 

2,856

 

 

 

13,702

 

11,696

 

13,702

 

7,854

 

Non-cash financing and investment activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital issues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend reinvestment plan

 

75

 

78

 

153

 

135

 

 

93



 

(b) Acquisition of National Bank of New Zealand

 

 

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

 

 

 

 

Consideration paid

 

 

 

Cash paid at 1 December 2003

 

4,842

 

Foreign exchange movement

 

270

 

Consideration including acquisition costs at 30 September 2004 rates

 

5,112

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of net assets acquired

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

842

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

2,737

 

Trading securities

 

1,742

 

Investment securities

 

225

 

Net loans and advances

 

32,215

 

Other assets

 

1,815

 

Premises and equipment

 

169

 

Total assets

 

39,745

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

1,151

 

Deposits and borrowings

 

32,352

 

Provisions

 

115

 

Creditor and other liabilities

 

2,588

 

Unsubordinated Debt

 

1,179

 

Loan capital

 

514

 

Total liabilities

 

37,899

 

Net assets acquired at fair value

 

1,846

 

Goodwill on acquisition

 

3,266

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid

 

4,842

 

Cash acquired

 

1,618

 

Cash outflow on acquisition

 

3,224

 

 

94



 

18. Changes in composition of the Group

 

Acquisition of controlled entities

 

There were no material controlled entities acquired during the year to 30 September 2005.  On 1 December 2003, the Company acquired NBNZ Holdings Limited and its controlled entities (NBNZ).  The contribution of these entities (excluding integration costs) to the Group’s profit after tax for the 10 months to 30 September 2004 was NZD422 million (AUD375 million).  Legal amalgamation of NBNZ into ANZ Banking Group (New Zealand) Limited was completed on 26 June 2004.  ANZ Banking Group (New Zealand) Limited changed its name to ANZ National Bank Limited on 28 June 2004.

 

Disposal of controlled entities

 

On 30 September 2005, the controlled entities NBNZ Life Insurance Limited and NBNZ Investment Services Limited were sold.  The profit before tax on disposal was $14 million ($14 million after tax).  The after-tax contribution prior to disposal was $18 million (2004: $12 million).

 

No material controlled entities were disposed of during the year to 30 September 2004.

 

19. Associates, joint venture entities and investments

 

 

 

 

 

Half

 

Half

 

Movt

 

Full

 

Full

 

Movt

 

 

 

 

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

year

 

year

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

v. Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

v. Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

Aggregate associates and joint venture entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit

 

 

 

72

 

85

 

-15

%

157

 

145

 

8

%

Profit after income tax

 

 

 

72

 

85

 

-15

%

157

 

145

 

8

%

 

Material contributions to profit

 

 

 

Contribution to

 

 

 

 

 

Group pre-tax profit

 

Ownership interest

 

 

 

Half

 

Half

 

Full

 

Full

 

held by Group

 

 

 

year

 

year

 

year

 

year

 

As at

 

As at

 

As at

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

$M

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Associates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PT Panin Indonesia Bank

 

16

 

21

 

37

 

43

 

29

 

29

 

29

 

E*Trade

 

2

 

2

 

4

 

2

 

34

 

35

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joint ventures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ING Australia Limited(1)

 

48

 

59

 

107

 

97

 

49

 

49

 

49

 

 


(1)                               After charging notional goodwill of $43 million (2004 full year: $41 million; Sep 2005 half: $22 million; Mar 2005 half: $21 million).

 

95



 

20. Exchange rates

 

Major exchange rates used in translation of results of offshore controlled entities and branches into the Group accounts for each reporting period were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit and Loss Average

 

 

 

Balance Sheet

 

Half

 

Half

 

Full

 

Full

 

 

 

As at

 

As at

 

As at

 

year

 

year

 

year

 

year

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro

 

0.6325

 

0.5970

 

0.5814

 

0.6164

 

0.5883

 

0.6024

 

0.5968

 

Great British pound

 

0.4325

 

0.4107

 

0.3983

 

0.4199

 

0.4085

 

0.4142

 

0.4054

 

New Zealand dollar

 

1.0998

 

1.0899

 

1.0700

 

1.0862

 

1.0832

 

1.0847

 

1.1254

 

United States dollar

 

0.7623

 

0.7719

 

0.7165

 

0.7643

 

0.7671

 

0.7657

 

0.7263

 

 

21. Significant events since balance date

 

There have been no significant events from 30 September 2005 to the date of this report.

 

96



 

APPENDIX 4E STATEMENT

 

The directors of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited confirm that the financial statements and notes of the consolidated entity set out on pages 57 to 96 are in the process of being audited.

 

 

David Meiklejohn

John McFarlane

Director

Director

 

 

 

 

24 October 2005

 

 

97



 

DEFINITIONS

 

Adjusted common equity is Tier 1 capital less preference shares and other Hybrid Capital at current rates and regulatory deductions from total capital.

 

Business Unit description:

 

Personal Banking Australia

 

                  Banking Products manufactures deposit, transaction account and margin lending products.

 

                  Consumer Finance provides consumer and commercial credit cards, ePayment products, personal loans, and merchant payment and ATM facilities.

 

                  Mortgages provides mortgage finance secured by residential real estate in Australia.

 

                  Regional Commercial and Agribusiness Products provides a full range of banking services to personal customers across Australia, and to small business and agricultural customers in rural Australia.

 

                  Wealth Management comprises the equity accounted earnings from INGA’s core business operations (excludes investment earnings) and the Financial Planning distribution business.

 

                  Other includes the branch network, whose costs are fully recovered from product business units, Private Banking and marketing and support costs

 

Institutional

 

                  Corporate and Structured Financing provides complex financing and advisory services, structured financial products, leasing, private equity, project and leveraged finance and infrastructure investment to ANZ’s Institutional, Corporate and Small Business customers.

 

                  Client Relationship Group manages customer relationships and develops financial services solutions and strategies for large businesses with a turnover greater than $100 million in Australia and New Zealand and, through corporate clients where the Group has an existing customer relationship, in the United Kingdom, United States and Asia.

 

                  Markets provides origination, underwriting, structuring, risk management, advice and sale of credit and derivative products, foreign exchange and commodity trading and sales-related services globally.

 

                  Trade and Transaction Services provides cash management, trade finance, international payments, clearing and custodian services principally to institutional and corporate customers.

 

                  Non Continuing Businesses comprises the London headquartered project finance business and certain structured finance transactions that ANZ has exited as part of its de-risking strategy. Certain legacy assets will remain on balance sheet until maturity or sale.

 

New Zealand Businesses

 

                  ANZ Retail operating under the ANZ brand in New Zealand, provides a full range of banking service to personal and business banking customers.

 

                  NBNZ Retail operating under the National Bank brand in New Zealand, provides a full range of banking services to personal customers from youth through to private banking, and business banking customers with turnover up to NZD5 million.

 

                  Corporate Banking in New Zealand incorporates the ANZ and NBNZ brands, and provides financial solutions through a relationship management model for medium-sized businesses with a turnover up to NZD100 million.

 

                  Rural Banking in New Zealand provides a full range of banking services to rural and agribusiness customers.

 

                  NBNZ refers to the operations of the National Bank of New Zealand Limited purchased on 1 December 2003.  These operations were amalgamated with ANZ Banking Group (New Zealand) Limited on 26 June 2004 to form ANZ National Bank Limited.  NBNZ was reported as a separate business unit until 30 September 2004.

 

Corporate Australia

 

                  Business Banking in Australia provides a full range of banking services to metropolitan-based small to medium businesses, with turnover up to $10 million and business banking funds under management of more than $50,000.

 

                  Corporate Banking Australia manages customer relationships and develops financial solutions for medium-sized businesses with a turnover of $10 million to $150 million.

 

                  Small Business Banking in Australia provides business banking services to metropolitan-based small businesses, with business banking funds under management of up to $50,000.

 

Group Centre

 

                  Treasury is the banker to all ANZ businesses charged with providing cashflow support, ensuring liquidity, managing interest rate risk and providing capital to the businesses.

 

Economic loss provisioning (ELP) charge is determined based on the expected average annual loss of principal over the economic cycle for the current risk profile of the lending portfolio.

 

98



 

Equity standardisation Economic Value Added (EVATM) principles are in use throughout the Group, whereby risk adjusted capital is allocated and charged against business units.  Equity standardised profit is determined by eliminating the impact of earnings on each business unit’s book capital and attributing earnings on the business unit’s risk adjusted capital.  This enhances comparability of business unit performance.  Geographic results are not equity standardised.

 

Impaired assets are loans or other credit facilities where there is reasonable doubt about the collectability of interest, fees (past and future) or principal outstanding, or where concessional terms have been provided because of the financial difficulties of the customer.

 

Income includes external interest income, other external operating income, and if positive, net inter business unit fee and net intersegment interest income.

 

Liquid assets are cash and cash equivalent assets.  Cash equivalent assets are highly liquid investments with short periods to maturity, are readily convertible to cash at ANZ’s option and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

 

Net advances include gross loans and advances and acceptances less income yet to mature and provisions (for both as at and average volumes).

 

Net interest average margin is net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets.  Non-assessable interest income is grossed up to the equivalent before tax amount for the purpose of these calculations.

 

Net interest spread is the average interest rate received on interest earning assets less the average interest rate paid on interest bearing liabilities.  Non-assessable interest income is grossed up to the equivalent before tax amount for the purpose of these calculations.

 

Net non-interest bearing items, referred to in the analysis of interest spread and net interest average margin, includes shareholders’ equity, provisions for doubtful debts, and deposits not bearing interest and other liabilities not bearing interest, offset by premises and equipment and other non-interest earning assets.  Non-accrual loans are included within interest bearing loans, advances and bills discounted.

 

Net specific provision is the transfer from the general provision to the specific provision (representing new and increased specific provisions less specific provision releases) less recoveries.

 

Net tangible assets equals share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the company less preference share capital and unamortised goodwill.

 

Operating expenses exclude the provision for doubtful debts charge.

 

Overseas Markets includes all operations outside of Australia and New Zealand.  The Group’s geographic segments are Australia, New Zealand and Overseas Markets.

 

Service Transfer Pricing is used to allocate services that are provided by central areas to each of its business units.  The objective of service transfer pricing is to remove cross-subsidies between business units, and ensure each business accounts for the costs of the services it uses.

 

Service transfer pricing charges are reported in the profit and loss statement of each business unit as:

                  Net inter business unit fees - includes intra-group receipts or payments for sales commissions and branch service fees.  A product business will pay a distribution channel for product sales.  Both the payment and receipt are shown as net inter business unit fees.

                  Net inter business unit expenses - consists of the charges made to business units for the provision of support services.  Both payments by business units and receipts by service providers are shown as net inter business unit expenses.

 

Return on asset ratios include net intra group assets which are risk weighted at 0% for return on risk weighted assets calculations.

 

Revenue in business segments includes equity standardised net interest, other operating income and net inter business unit fees.

 

Significant items are items that have a material impact (typically > $10 million) on profit after tax, or the earnings used in the earnings per share calculation.  Significant items also do not arise in the normal course of business and are infrequent in nature.  Divestments are typically defined as significant items.

 

Total advances include gross loans and advances and acceptances less income yet to mature (for both as at and average volumes).

 

Unproductive facilities comprise facilities (such as standby letters of credit, bill endorsements, documentary letters of credit, guarantees to third parties, undrawn facilities to which the Group is irrevocably committed and market related exposures) where the customer status is non-accrual.

 

99



 

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

 

Accounting policies

 

Appendix 4E statement

 

Associates, joint venture entities and investments

 

Average balance sheet and related interest

 

Business Performance Review

 

Capital adequacy

 

Changes in the composition of the Group

 

Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Performance

 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

Definitions

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

Dividends

 

Earnings per share

 

Exchange rates

 

Financial Highlights

 

Five year summary

 

Geographic Segment Performance

 

Highlights

 

Impaired assets

 

Income

 

Income tax expense

 

Interest spreads and net interest average margins

 

Key impacts of adopting Australian Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (AIFRS)

 

Loan capital

 

Net loans and advances

 

Note to the Statement of Cash Flows

 

Operating expenses

 

Provisions for doubtful debts

 

Results Commentary

 

Share Capital

 

Significant events since balance date

 

 

100


 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

 

Link to searchable text of slide shown above

 


 

Searchable text section of graphics shown above

 



 

[GRAPHIC]

 

2005 Annual Results

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

25 October 2005

 

[LOGO]

 



 

Record profit, ahead of target

Strong revenue momentum in second half

 

 

 

 

 

2005 v 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NPAT*

 

$

3,056

m

^

11.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash EPS*

 

175.2

c

^

8.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend

 

110

c

^

8.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2h05 v 1h05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NPAT*

 

 

 

^

4.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Income*

 

 

 

^

4.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Operating Income*

 

 

 

^

7.6

%

 


*excluding NZ incremental integration costs and significant items

 

[LOGO]

 



 

Real progress on strategic agenda in 2005

 

[GRAPHIC]

 

ANZ Strategy Day – 7 September 2005

 

Seamless succession

 

      Graham Hodges

New Zealand

      Mark Paton

Corporate

      David Hisco

Esanda

 

Australia

  Profit up 14%

 Personal up 15%

 Corporate up 10%

 Esanda up 11%

 

Institutional

 Up 8%, de-risking completed

 

New Zealand

 Flat result in competitive market

 Integration largely complete

 Good outlook for 2007 & beyond

 

Asia-Pacific

 Good underlying momentum

 Progress on expansion agenda

 



 

Creating Australasia’s leading bank

 

              Mission – to become Australasia’s leading bank

 

              Favourable 2006 outlook:

 

“Environment should be broadly similar to 2005, enabling us to produce continued good results in the year ahead”

 

              New Growth and Transformation agenda:

 

Growth

7% – 9% annual revenue growth

Transformation

40% cost-income ratio

 



 

[GRAPHIC]

 

 

Peter Marriott

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

[LOGO]

 



 

Good full year result: strong revenue momentum in the second half

 

[CHART]

 


^ excludes significant items & incremental integration costs

 

Scorecard

 

FY05

 

2H05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Volume Growth

 

Z

 

Z

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Margin

 

X

*

X

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non Int. Income

 

Y

 

Z

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses

 

X

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

Z

 

Y

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax

 

Y

 

Y

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash EPS

 

Y

 

Y

 

 


Z

Favourable to expectations

Y

In line with expectations

X

Unfavourable to expectations

 

*impacted by derivative transactions

 

6



 

Strong lending growth offset by margin pressure

 

Personal

 

14.1

%

 

 

 

 

Institutional@**

 

16.1

%

 

 

 

 

Corporate

 

13.6

%

 

 

 

 

NZ Businesses^

 

13.4

%

(NZD, normalised**)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Esanda & UDC

 

5.1

%

 

 

 

 

Group

 

12.7

%

(normalised**)

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Income# Drivers FY05

 

[CHART]

 


@excludes markets, #NII includes tax equivalent gross-up and margin decline includes joint variance

**FY04 normalised for two extra month of NBNZ

^excludes significant items, incremental integration costs & shareholder functions

+growth in net loans & advances

 

7



 

Excluding FX hedge impact, margin decline close to longer term trend

 

Margin decline a mix of Structural
impacts and Competition

 

Competition most intense in NZ
mortgage market

 

[GRAPHIC]

(competition impact on Group Margin Sep 04 - Sep 05)

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

refer slides 27 & 28 for detailed geographic analysis

 

8



 

Strong 2nd half non-interest income performance

 

Improved performance across all major Divisions

 

[CHART]

 

[GRAPHIC]

 


note – there have been a number of minor restatements to 1H05 numbers

*excluding significant items; ** normalised for two additional months from NBNZ

 

Key Drivers (2H05 v 1H05) Personal

                  Volume related fee income increases

                  Increase fee income from Wealth Management business

 

Institutional

                  Strong client flow in markets business

                  Good fee growth in C&SF

                  Improved cross sell by Client Relationship Group

 

New Zealand

                  Seasonality of fee income in 2H05

                  Volume related fee income increases

 

Corporate

                  Volume related fee income increases

                  Increased contribution from Small Business

 

9



 

Improved revenue growth & lower credit costs has permitted higher growth investment

 

Headline Cost Growth – 10.8%

Underlying Cost Growth – 3.7%

 

[CHART]

 


*extra 2 months of NBNZ in FY05

^includes investment in branch improvement program

 

10



 

Growth investment has been weighted towards increasing frontline FTE

 

Approx. 2,200 new FTE’s in FY05

 

[CHART]

 

[GRAPHIC]

 

                  Approx. 70% of new business* FTE in frontline roles

 

                  Full run rate of FTE investment to drive expense growth in FY06

 

                  Institutional frontline investment offset by restructuring reductions and PSF sale (approx 30 FTE), investment in TTS support for new operations and increased volumes

 


*excludes Group & Integration

 

11



 

Solid momentum in Australia

 

Division

 

NPAT (Half on Half)

 

NPAT (Year on Year)

 

 

 

 

 

Personal Banking

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand* (NZ$)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Esanda & UDC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asia Pacific

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Geographic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia*

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand* (NZ$)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asia Pacific

 

 

 

 

 


*excludes significant items & incremental integration costs, NZ numbers normalised for 2 extra months of NBNZ in 2004

 

12



 

Credit quality remains favourable, delinquencies down on 1H05

 

Non Accrual Loans continue to reduce

 

[CHART]

 

Delinquencies remain low
(60 day delinquencies)

 

[CHART]

 

Specific Provisions continue to reduce

 

[CHART]

 

13



 

A-IFRS indicative impact on key measures

 

 

AGAAP

 

A-IFRS^

 

Key Drivers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash EPS

175.2 cents

 

172.5 cents

 

Impact of share based payments

Hedge derivative revaluations treated as non-cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on Ordinary Equity

17.3

%

18.7

%

NPAT increased by ~ $133m

Equity reduced by IFRS adjustments to Retained Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on Assets

1.08

%

1.11

%

NPAT increased by ~ $133m

Slight increase in assets - securitisation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General/Collective Provision to RWA’s

0.99

%

0.85

%

Reduction in General Provision to align to Collective Provisioning methodology

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Margin

2.35

%

2.41

%

NII adjusted for fee revenue, Individual provisioning & StEPS dividend

AIEA increased due to recognition of Commercial Bills & Securitised Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost to Income Ratio*

45.6

%

46.6

%

Expenses increased due to recognition of share based payments

Income flat – items offset excluding non cash hedge revaluations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACE Ratio

5.1

%

5.1

%

Small movement to ACE, RWA’s unchanged

 

Ratios for year ended or as at 30 September 2005

 


*excluding significant items & incremental integration costs, goodwill and hedge derivative revaluations

 

All numbers subject to finalisation of IFRS figures and possible APRA impacts

^considers potential impact of provisioning, hedging volatility not included

 

14



 

Increased earnings volatility anticipated under IFRS driven by provisioning charge

 

              ELP charge relatively stable compared to total IFRS provision charge

 

              Collective provision function of

 

                Probability of Default & Loss Given Default

 

                Portfolio concentration

 

                Specific events

 

                Risk & Cycle conditions

 

IFRS Provision charge exhibits
greater volatility than ELP charge

 

[CHART]

 


*refer slide 39

**excludes special GP charge in 2002

 

15



 

Capital – regulatory position still under review

 

1.                   IFRS considerations

 

                       Initial capital impacts of IFRS expected to be modest

 

                  approx. $1.1b decrease in book equity, ACE and Tier 1 impact immaterial

 

                       APRA treatment of IFRS adjustments (eg collective provision)

 

                       Future dividend policy will generally seek to look through “normal” provisioning volatility

 

2.                   Innovative v Non-Innovative

 

                       Currently ~ $1.0 billion in excess of APRA’s proposed 15% innovative limit

 

                  expect to “grow-out” of excess by 2010

 

                       Medium term capital needs will be met from ACE and non-innovative capital

 

                       Still considerable uncertainty around:

 

                  what qualifies for non-innovative capital and market capacity to absorb non-innovative instruments

 

                  future cost of capital

 

                  franking impacts

 

16



 

2006 headwinds represent ~2% drag on cash EPS

 

Summary of 2006 Headwinds

 

[CHART]

 

17



 

Group Outlook for 2006

 

Item

 

Outlook

 

 

 

Revenue

 

7% - 9% growth:

 

 

 

      Lending & deposit growth to remain strong

 

 

 

•     Continued momentum in Australian businesses supported by specific growth initiatives

 

 

 

•     Structured deal run-off & reduced INGA contribution due to end of transitional tax relief are key headwinds

 

 

 

 

Expenses

 

5% - 7% growth:

 

 

 

•     Full year run rate of additional FTE’s driving expense growth, will result in earnings growth weighted to second half

 

 

 

•     Ongoing investment in growth businesses e.g. Small Business

 

 

 

 

Provision

 

IFRS provisioning charge uncertain, dependant on actual losses and level of unidentified impaired assets at

for Doubtful

 

 

balance date

Debts

 

 

 

 

 

Provision Charge = Individual Provisions + Change in Collective Provision (growth, change in risk)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continue to report ELP rate. Current credit environment remains favourable

 

 

 

 

Taxation

 

Tax rate higher due to run off of structured deals

 

18



 

Summary - Good result, good momentum

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

      A quality result, ahead of original target

 

Environment

 

 

broadly similar to

•     Strong revenue momentum in second half

[GRAPHIC]

2005

 

 

Earnings growth

•     Stronger revenue growth permitted increased investment

 

again weighted to

 

 

2nd half

•     Low risk, strong credit quality

 

First year of IFRS!

 

19



 

Additional Information

 

[LOGO]

 

20



 

Profit & Cash EPS reconciliation

 

 

 

FY04 ($m)

 

FY05 ($m)

 

Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income

 

8,645

 

9,350

 

8.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses

 

(4,026

)

(4,515

)

12.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Profit

 

4,619

 

4,835

 

4.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for Doubtful Debts

 

(632

)

(580

)

8.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax & OEI

 

(1,172

)

(1,237

)

(5.5

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NPAT

 

2,815

 

3,018

 

7.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

189

 

224

 

18.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant Items

 

(48

)

38

 

large

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pref. Share Dividend

 

(98

)

(84

)

14.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash NPAT

 

2,858

 

3,196

 

11.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Shares

 

1,774

 

1,824

 

2.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic Cash EPS (cents)

 

161.1

 

175.2

 

8.8

%

 

21



 

Cash EPS comparison – AGAAP v A-IFRS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reported

 

 

 

Based

 

Fee

 

Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Full

 

12 mths ended 30/9/05 ($m)

 

AGAAP

 

Goodwill

 

Payments

 

Revenue

 

Provisioning

 

Deriv’s

 

StEPS

 

Other

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

5,798

 

 

 

 

 

636

 

19

 

 

 

(66

)

4

 

6,391

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest income

 

3,552

 

45

 

 

 

(654

)

 

 

35

 

 

 

13

 

2,991

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

(4,336

)

 

 

(80

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

(4,421

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill amortisation

 

(179

)

179

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bad & doubtful debts

 

(580

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(573

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax & OEI

 

(1,237

)

 

 

16

 

6

 

(10

)

(10

)

 

 

(2

)

(1,237

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NPAT

 

3,018

 

224

 

(64

)

(12

)

16

 

25

 

(66

)

10

 

3,151

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill amortisation

 

224

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hybrid

 

(84

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

(18

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant items

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives Revaluation

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(25

)

 

 

 

 

(25

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash NPAT

 

3,196

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

(25

)

66

 

0

 

3,146

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average shares (basic)

 

1,824

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,824

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic Cash EPS (cents)

 

175.2

 

224

 

(64

)

(12

)

16

 

0

 

0

 

10

 

172.5

 

 

Note: 2004 A-IFRS Cash EPS not available

 

22



 

Initial IFRS impact on capital likely to be modest, earnings volatility may impact dividends

 

Initial IFRS impacts on capital are forecast to be modest*

 

 

 

Book Equity

 

ACE & Tier 1

 

Tier 2

 

 

 

($m)

 

($m)

 

($m)

 

Derivative Accounting

 

33

 

(108

)

 

Defined Benefit Scheme

 

(107

)

(107

)

 

Credit Provisioning

 

191

 

191

 

(235

)

StEPS Reclassification

 

(992

)

 

 

Fee Revenue

 

(266

)

 

 

INGA

 

(181

)

 

 

Other including goodwill

 

194

 

(30

)

(31

)

Total Adjustment

 

(1,130

)

(25

)

(266

)

 

              Under IFRS, reported earnings will become more volatile principally due to new provisioning methodologies

 

              Prime objective will be to continue to maintain stable dividend growth.  In practice, this may require:

 

             a larger capital buffer above the minimum capital ratios

 

             some potential reduction in dividend payout coinciding with occurrences of outlier higher provisioning charges

 

Potential Future Dividend Payout Ratio Profile

 

[CHART]

 


* Based on 1st October 2005 balance sheet adjustments and subject to APRA finalizing their position on a number of IFRS issues, particularly the treatment of deferred fee income and the collective provision under prudential standards.

 

23



 

Illustrative A-IFRS Balance Sheet adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reported

 

 

 

Benefit

 

Fee

 

 

 

Credit

 

Derivative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

as at 30/9/05 ($m)

 

AGAAP

 

Goodwill

 

schemes

 

Revenue

 

Securitisation

 

Provisioning

 

acctg

 

StEPS

 

Other

 

Full AIFRS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid Assets & due for other fin’al inst.

 

17,948

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,948

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading & invst sec’s & fair value assets

 

13,226

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

1

 

16,235

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loans & advances

 

230,952

 

 

 

 

 

(390

)

1,542

 

307

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

232,411

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customers liability for acceptances

 

13,449

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,499

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative fin’al instruments

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,006

 

5,006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regulatory deposits

 

159

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares in cont entities, assoc’s & JV’s

 

1,872

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(126

)

1,746

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

1,337

 

 

 

44

 

124

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

2

 

0

 

1,532

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

2,898

 

224

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

3,149

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises & Equipment

 

1,441

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(381

)

1,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Assets

 

9,903

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

(4,625

)

5,292

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

293,185

 

224

 

52

 

(266

)

4,542

 

307

 

33

 

8

 

(98

)

297,987

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other fin’al inst.

 

12,027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits & other borrowings

 

185,693

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

188,693

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liability for acceptances

 

13,449

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,449

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative fin’al instruments

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,672

 

5,672

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

1,797

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

116

 

 

 

 

 

115

 

2,031

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds & notes

 

39,073

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,538

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,611

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan capital

 

9,137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

10,137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

11,607

 

 

 

156

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,668

)

6,095

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

914

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

914

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

 

273,697

 

0

 

159

 

0

 

4,538

 

116

 

0

 

1,000

 

119

 

279,629

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders equity

 

19,488

 

224

 

(107

)

(266

)

4

 

191

 

33

 

(992

)

(217

)

18,358

 

 

24



 

Continued strong balance sheet growth

 

Personal

                  Solid mortgages and credit card FUM growth driving lending

                  Good growth in transaction & savings balances delivering above system deposit growth

 

Institutional

                  Increased domestic lending following de-risking

                  Strong deposit growth

 

New Zealand

                  Good growth in Mortgages, Corporate & Institutional

                  Deposit growth in line with system

 

Corporate

                  Good lending growth in both Corporate & Business Banking.  12% Business Banking growth in line with system

                  Continued strong deposit growth

 

Esanda & UDC

                  Lending growth strong in Aust (up 9%), NZ impacted by restructuring

                  Debentures & Online Saver driving deposit growth

 

Asia Pacific

                  Strong lending growth in the Pacific driven by industry specialisation strategy

                  14% increase in Pacific deposits driving growth

 

Lending and Deposit Volumes Growth (EOP)

 

[CHART]

 

25



 

Growth in Mortgages and Long Term Wholesale funding driving asset & funding mix margin impacts

 

Mortgages continue to grow strongly

 

Growth in long term funding key driver of funding mix

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

26



 

Australian Geographic margin contraction driven by funding mix, competition & revenue hedging impacts

 

Funding mix & competition driving
Australian interest margin contraction

 

Institutional most
competitive segment

 

[GRAPHIC]

(competition impact on Australian margin Sep 04 – Sep 05)

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

27



 

Fixed rate mortgage competition driving NZ Geographic margin contraction

 

Strong Fixed Rate Mortgage competition
adversely impacting NZ margins

 

NZ mortgages driving
margins down

 

[GRAPHIC]

(competition impact on NZ margin Sep 04 – Sep 05)

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

28



 

Capital position remains above target range

 

Drivers of the ACE ratio

 

[CHART]

 

[GRAPHIC]

 

                  Adopted a prudent approach given uncertainties regarding IFRS and APRA impact on capital

 

                  $350m buy-back ongoing, $203.6 million completed to-date

 

                  “Other” impact largely reflects dividend & capital return from INGA and NBNZ Life sale, net of increased capital deductions

 

                  Retain flexibility to make small ‘in-fill’ acquisitions and accommodate APRA/IFRS uncertainties

 


*Core Cash Earnings, defined as earnings after hybrid distributions, but before goodwill

 

29



 

Capital efficiency will be driven by access to non-innovative hybrids

 

                  Current hybrid’s are expected to qualify as innovative Tier-1 capital

 

                  Innovative hybrid is currently ~$1bn in excess of APRA’s proposed 15% limit and is expected to be corrected by organic growth by 2010

 

                  Non-Innovative capital capacity will grow from $1.5bn (current) to in excess of $2bn by 2010

 

                  Assuming Tier 1 at 7%, without access to hybrid capital (innovative or non-innovative), organic capital generation would fund only 9% pa RWA growth.  By using hybrid capital (non-innovative) and ACE capital of 5.25%, RWA growth of around 12% pa can be funded.

 

                  Still considerable uncertainty around what qualifies for Non-Innovative capital and franking impacts

 

Core Capital Generation & Usage % of RWA

 

[CHART]

 

Funding Marginal RWA Growth with Tier 1 @7%

 

[CHART]

 

30



 

Cost of Capital dependant on access to Non-Innovative or Preference Share capital

 

              As we are capped out of Non-Innovative capital until 2010 marginal RWA growth will be funded by either Core or Non-Innovative Capital

 

              APRA’s low 25% limit for hybrid capital may result in incremental RWA growth being funded with at least 5.25% ACE (75% of Tier 1)

 

              Strategy will be to reconsider Tier 1 targets and develop Non-Innovative capacity

 

              The amount of non-innovative capital issued and cost of capital will be dependant upon APRA’s final definition and investor appetite

 

Capital mix for marginal RWA growth next 5 years

 

[CHART]

 


*after tax

 

31



 

Current hybrids

 

 

 

ANZ StEPS

 

US Trust Securities

 

€ Trust Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$1.1 billion

 

 

Currency & Amount

 

A$1 billion

 

US$350m – Jan 2010

 

EUR500 million

 

 

 

 

US$750m – Dec 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue Date

 

24 September 2003

 

26 November 2003

 

13 December 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Final Maturity Date

 

14 September 2053

 

15 December 2053

 

12 December 2053

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed

 

 

Interest Rate

 

Floating – BBSW + 100bpts

 

US$350m @ 4.48%

 

Floating – Euribor + 66bpts

 

 

 

 

US$750m @ 5.36%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Innovative/Non Innovative

 

Innovative

Step up of 100bpts at Sept 2013, or issuer call at Sept 2008

 

Innovative

Convertible to ordinary shares at investors option in Jan 10/Dec 13

 

Innovative

Step up 100bpts at Dec 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt/Equity classification

 

Equity under AGAAP

Debt under A-IFRS as convertible to variable # of ordinary shares

 

Debt under AGAAP

Debt under A-IFRS as mandatory conversion to variable # of ordinary shares

 

Equity under AGAAP

Equity under A-IFRS as no conversion remains a preference share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Position to 2010

 

No change anticipated

 

No change anticipated

 

No change anticipated

 

32



 

New Zealand currency risk substantially hedged

 

              Revenue hedging continues to be undertaken when currency is assessed to be outside its normal trading range and fair value estimates.

 

              Under IFRS, hedge accounting remains until 1 Oct 2006. Subsequently, the full MTM of the FX derivatives will impact the P&L with no offset in the current period for future revenue flows.  Objective will be to continue hedging if economically justified, however, some changes in hedging approach may be required.

 

NZD revenue hedging position (A$m)

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Notional Principal

 

3,957

 

3,450

 

Income from hedge

 

(19

)

10

 

Unrealised gain/(loss)

 

29

 

(41

)

Exchange rate (spot)

 

~ 1.09

 

~ 1.09

 

Exchange rate (with forward points)

 

~ 1.11

 

~ 1.11

 

 

Attractive rates for hedging future revenue

 

[CHART]

 

Estimated proportion of NZ earnings hedged

(rolling 12 month basis)

 

[CHART]

 

33



 

Credit Quality

 

[LOGO]

 

34



 

ELP reduction reflects improved credit quality

 

Improved risk profile drives reduction in ELP rate

 

[CHART]

 

ELP charge exceeded SP’s by 63% in FY05

 

[CHART]

 

35



 

Net Specific Provisions down 19%

 

              Credit quality in Australia continues to improve, with lower Specific Provisions

 

              Specific Provisions up in New Zealand due to two medium sized Corporate accounts plus a handful of smaller exposures impacted by a significant downturn in the exported apples industry.

 

              Some recoveries and write-backs recorded on legacy US Power accounts in 2005

 

Geographic Specific Provisions

 

Net Specific Provisions by size FY05

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

 

36



 

Non Accrual loans remain at historically low levels

 

Gross Non-Accrual Loans at historical lows*

 

New Non Accruals impacted by a small number of accounts

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 


* Gross Non-Accrual Loans to Gross Loans & Acceptances

 

37



 

New Zealand portfolio remains sound, a small number of isolated defaults

 

Risk Grade Profiles

 

[CHART]

 

              NZ overall portfolio remains high quality, in line with Australia

 

              New Zealand new Non Accruals increased with the downgrade of two medium sized accounts and a small number of accounts impacted by a downturn in the export apple & pear industry

 

              Net specific provisions still slightly less than ELP

 

              New Zealand investment grade lending increased in FY05

 

38



 

We are closely monitoring potential impacts of the high oil price

 

 

 

Driver

 

Current position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impact of High Oil Prices

 

The recent spike in oil prices is likely to impact on credit quality

 

ANZ’s credit quality remains in excellent shape, however we expect some additional losses as a result of the increased oil price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market information suggests some consumer spending patterns are already changing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit warnings directly attributable to higher oil prices have increased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industries with sub sectors identified as being directly at risk include; road transport, motor vehicle retailing, motor vehicle manufacturing, motor vehicle wholesaling and plastics manufacturing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other sectors indirectly impacted to lesser degrees include: retail, hospitality and tourism.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Analysis suggests that sustained higher Oil Prices could have the equivalent effect of a 0.50% increase in interest rates

 

Nominal and Real Oil Price

 

[CHART]

 

Note: Oil price is West Texas Intermediate (WTI); Shaded areas denote oil price ‘shocks’.

Source: Thomson Financial Datastream; US Bureau of Labor Statistics; Economics@ANZ.

 

39



 

Credit quality robust in Mortgages Australia

 

              Dynamic LVR profile reflects strong migration into lower LVR buckets compared to time of origination

 

              Owner Occupied dominates the portfolio, although increased uptake of Equity products continues.

 

              60+ day arrears have improved in the Sep-05 quarter.

 

Network vs Brokers 60+ day Delinquencies

 

[CHART]

 

Strong LVR profile

 

[CHART]

 

Portfolio by product – Mortgages Australia (incl Origin)

 

[CHART]

 

40



 

Inner City arrears immaterial

 

Purpose of inner city lending shifting towards Owner Occupied

 

[CHART]

 

Inner City Accounts & Exposure

 

[CHART]

 

Inner city delinquencies negligible

 

[CHART]

 

41



 

Group risk grade profile

 

ANZ Group – Outstandings*

 

[CHART]

 


*NBNZ acquired December 2003

 

42



 

Institutional risk grade profile

 

Institutional – Outstandings*

 

[CHART]

 


*NBNZ acquired December 2003

 

43



 

Industry exposures – Australia & New Zealand

 

Health & Community Services

 

Cultural & Recreational Services

 

Forestry & Fishing

 

 

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

 

 

 

 

Mining

 

Personal & Other Services

 

Communication Services

 

 

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

44



 

Finance - Other

 

Transport & Storage

 

Utilities

 

 

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

 

 

 

 

Finance – Banks, Building Soc etc.

 

Accommodation, Clubs, Pubs etc.

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

45



 

Real Estate Operators & Dev.

 

Retail Trade

 

Agriculture

 

 

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

Wholesale Trade

 

Business Services

 

 

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

46



 

Divisional Performance

 

[LOGO]

 

47



 

Customer satisfaction and market share has grown

 

Leading major bank customer satisfaction

(Main Financial Institution*)

 

[CHART]

 


*Source: Roy Morgan Research – Main Financial Institution, September 2005 results preliminary only

% Satisfied (Very or Fairly Satisfied), 6 monthly moving average

 

 

Overtaken NAB and closing the market share gap to WBC

(share of traditional banking products)

 

[CHART]

 

Source: Roy Morgan Research – Traditional Banking 12 monthly moving average

 

48



 

Mortgages: solid FUM growth with strong performance by ANZ proprietary channels

 

Housing market continues to
deliver attractive FUM growth
^ ($b)

 

ANZ channels increasing their
share of new sales flows

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

 

 


 

 

^ excludes Securitised Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Retail channels increasing
market share; Origin refocusing

 

Mortgage Solutions growing
ahead of expectations ($m)

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 


*Mortgages Retail includes mortgages sourced from ANZ’s distribution network and brokers. “Total Mortgages” includes white-labelled mortgages through Origin

 

49



 

Banking Products: good FUM growth in Savings & Transaction accounts

 

Transaction FUM: Access accounts driving growth (A$b)

 

Savings FUM: good growth across all products (A$b)

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

 

 

Good growth in Transaction accounts

 

Deposit margins have remained
relatively stable despite competition

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

50



 

Consumer Finance: strong growth in all products driving market share gains

 

Continued strong FUM growth

 

Delinquencies trending down
across the portfolio
(90+ day arrears)

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

 

 

All card products adding economic
value
(indexed annual EVA)

[GRAPHIC]

Greater than 80% of low rate
customers acquired externally

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

51



 

INGA: underlying business performing well

 

Note – all data based on INGA December Year End, 1H05 at Jun-05

 

Solid underlying profit growth
achieved during integration

 

 

 

Significant efficiency gains
realised since JV formed
(cost to income ratio^)

 

 

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

 

 

 

 

Continued strong FUM growth

 

[GRAPHIC]

 

ANZ Channels driving majority
of new sales*

 

 

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

 

 

[CHART]

 


^ Excluding non-recurring remediation expenses

*Retail and Mezzanine Sales, 12 months to 30 June 2005

 

52



 

INGA JV: strong underlying contribution partially offset by capital investment hedge losses

 

Full year NPAT to Sept-05 increased 9% driven by:

              Funds management income increased by 5% based on higher average funds under management underpinned by strong investment markets and improved net flows

              Risk income grew 28% due to growth in in-force premiums and continued favourable claims experience

              Capital investment earnings increased by 10% but were negatively impacted by

              interest costs related to a return of shareholder capital

              Capital hedge losses (in ANZ) impact the net return on investment earnings

              Core operating cost were lower in 2005, offset by

              costs associated with remediation of past unit pricing errors

•    upgrading systems and processes

              INGA currently ranks fifth in Retail FUM as measured by ASSIRT

 

Current JV Valuation

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value at Sep-04

 

1,697

 

 

Capital return

 

(245

)

 

Movement in Reserves

 

2

 

 

2005 Equity accounted profits

 

107

 

 

Dividend Received

 

(82

)

Carrying value at Sep-05

 

1,479

 

 

Investment Earnings partially offset by ANZ Hedge losses

 

[CHART]

 

[GRAPHIC]

 

ANZ capital invested in diverse portfolio

 

[CHART]

 

53



 

Institutional: strong second half momentum

 

Business performance in line
with expectations
(NPAT growth)

 

Lending Asset growth
moderating in 2H05

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

 

 

Strong non interest income
growth delivered in 2H05

 

Strong growth in Markets
income: VaR remains low

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

 

 


*continuing businesses

 

*97.5 confidence

 

54



 

New Zealand: financial performance softer than expected, but good operational momentum

 

Strong performance in NBNZ Retail, Corporate and Rural, whilst
ANZ Retail, Institutional and UDC reposition*

 

[CHART]

 

ANZ Retail

 

NBNZ Retail

 

Corporate

 

Rural

 

Institutional

 

UDC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Improved volume growth

Customer Satisfaction at 7 year high

Ongoing investment in brand & people

2 new branches

Restructuring of fee income

Margin pressure in mortgages

 

Strong volume growth in both business and personal

Mortgages market share of growth held

2 new branches

Margin pressure

Above market deposit growth

 

Strong lending and deposit growth supported by stable margins

Stronger fee growth in second half

Increased market share

 

Good lending and deposit growth

Stable margins

Fee income stronger in second half

Disciplined cost control

 

Strong deposit & lending growth, offset by margin contraction

#1 Lead Bank, increased market share and service ratings

NZ$14.5m reduction in NPAT from structured transactions

Increased cross-sell and non interest income

 

Slower volume growth due to changes away from the franchisee model and competitive pressure

Significant competitive pressure impacting margins

 

 


*growth numbers normalised for NBNZ

 

55



 

Both NZ retail brands continue to hold market share & improve customer satisfaction

 

Stabilising mortgages position*
(share of new mortgage registration by number)

 

Household deposits share
stable at ~37%**

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

 

 

Continue to maintain share
of customers
(ANZN number of Main Bank Personal
customers ‘000)

 

Customer satisfaction continues
to improve in both brands
#

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

 

 


Sources – *Terralink International Ltd, NZ
**RBNZ Aggregate SSR & ANZN SSR

 

#Source: ACNielsen© Consumer Finance Monitor. Major banks only; rolling 4 quarter average percentage of customers rating their main bank as ‘Excellent’ or ‘Very good’ in response to the question ‘How would you rate your (main) provider of financial services on its overall service?’

 

56



 

NBNZ integration on track

 

NZ$m

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

 

 

Total Integration costs

 

49

 

139

 

52

 

0

 

Likely to be approximately

 

Incremental Integration Opex

 

29

 

85

 

[GRAPHIC]

 

•     10% costs capitalised,

 

Cost synergies

 

6

 

33

 

39

 

58

 

•     5% covered by restructuring provision, and;

 

Revenue synergies

 

1

 

26

 

47

 

53

 

•     20% from existing resources

 

Attrition

 

20

 

33

 

34

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

              No material change to forecast integration costs and benefits

 

              Full impact to satisfy regulatory requirements under ANZ National Bank’s Conditions of Registration have been assessed and along with higher program management costs will increase total integration costs from NZ$220m to NZ$240m

 

              Outsourcing Policy changes have recently been announced by RBNZ – impact under consideration, but likely to provide more flexibility in outsourcing processes and systems

 

              Integration to be virtually finalised by end of 2005

 

              2005 integration tasks completed include

                 New IT infrastructure established to support systems migrating from Australia

                 Successful migrations to single integrated core systems for general ledger, procurement, property and HR/payroll

                 Commenced migrations to ANZ Group systems in Institutional, Corporate and Commercial

 

57



 

New Zealand structured finance transactions

 

              IRD audit focused on so called “conduit” transactions

           Notices of Proposed Adjustment and assessments received as expected

           Net potential liability on all similar transactions $NZ308m*

 

              Legislative change to ‘thin cap’ rules in NZ will make these transactions economically unviable after 2005

           No new conduit transactions entered into in over 2 years

           Conduit transactions have been exited during 2H05

           More capital now held in NZ – negligible profit impact. Franking impact limited by redirecting UK capital to NZ

 

NPAT from NZ Structured
Finance Transactions –
significant runoff in FY06

 

[CHART]

 


* including interest which is tax effected, up to 30 September 2005 and net of Lloyds indemnity

 

58



 

Corporate: Strong performance for Corporate Banking, significant investment in Small Business

 

Corporate Banking – good
revenue and cost momentum

 

Strong credit quality driving
low specific provisions

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

 

 

Significant increase in WSTMS*
deal flow in 2005

 

Small Business – investment and focus driving lending growth

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

 

 


* Wall St to Main St

 

59



 

Business Banking: growth has moderated, fundamentals remain sound

 

Business Banking balance sheet growth has moderated, reflecting:

 

Balance Sheet growth has moderated

 

 

slowdown in property related lending

 

 

 

 

increased competition in the market; margins have remained relatively stable

 

[CHART]

 

 

steady new lending volumes (with around one third due to new customers), but

 

 

 

 

higher amortisation due to the strong cash performance of the segment (also reflects in excellent credit quality)

 

 

Modest market share gain during the year; retained highest customer satisfaction and lowest likelihood to switch as measured by independent research

 

 

 

Excellent credit quality and low Specific Provisions

 

Margins remain stable for core lending and deposit products (index: 1H04 = 100)

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

60



 

Esanda & UDC: good growth in Australia, NZ impacted by restructure

 

Strong NPAT growth in Australia, flat in NZ

 

Solid Revenue growth and continued cost discipline driving CTI below 40%

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

 

 

New Business Writings growth driven by Australia, NZ impacted by restructure

 

Debentures & Online Saver continue to grow supporting asset growth

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

61



 

Asia: good underlying performance

 

ANZ Asian Network

Excluding Treasury NPAT grew 23%

Return to balance sheet growth following de-risking, lending up 10% yoy, deposits up 12% yoy

Good momentum in Institutional businesses, Markets, Trade and Corporate & Structured Financing

Continuing to add product specialists and increased focus on personal banking products in 2006

 

 

 

Good NPAT momentum in core business* (A$m)

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

 

Retail Partnerships

NPAT down 22% yoy driven by FY04 Panin one-offs not repeated in FY05, and costs of establishing new partnerships eg Cambodia

Cards continues to perform well with a 22% increase in NPAT(1)

New partnerships established:

 

•   Vietnam (SacomBank)

 

•   Cambodia (ANZ Royal)

Discussions ongoing with two potential Chinese partners

 

 

 

Credit Card JV’s performing well
(# card accounts ‘000)

 

 

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

 

[GRAPHIC]

 

Panin Partnership

Strong underlying growth in Consumer and SME; outlook still positive

Provisioning, tax and other equity accounting adjustments in 2004 not repeated in 2005

Recent interest rate rises are likely to impact market growth and put pressure on margins

Book value of $143m against market value of $249m at Sep-05

 

 

 

Strong underlying earnings momentum (A$m)

 

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

 


*excludes Treasury

 

62



 

Pacific: strong performance across the region

 

NPAT up 17% on FY04, driven by:

 

Strong NPAT growth (A$m)

 

 

Lending growth of 23% pcp (12% hoh)

 

 

 

 

Deposits growth of 20% pcp (14% hoh)

 

[CHART]

Good momentum across the Pacific underlined by:

 

 

 

 

Strong staff engagement of 68%, well above Group

 

 

 

 

Increased sales focus and training

 

 

 

 

Implementation of regional specialists eg Tourism sector

 

 

Strong community investment eg Banking the Unbanked in Fiji, Alliance with PNG Post

 

 

Small in-fill acquisitions a possibility to increase footprint

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continued strong balance sheet growth across the region

 

Leading staff engagement driving performance

 

 

 

 

 

[CHART]

 

[CHART]

 

63



 

Good progress on corporate responsibility agenda

 

      “Community Involvement” No.2 value evident in ANZ’s culture according to our staff (Customer Focus was number 1)

 

Overall Image*

 

 

 

      Ranked in the top 10 of top 10% of banks globally on the Dow Jones Sustainability Index

 

 

 

 

 

•     100% for community management practice on Corporate Responsibility Index

 

[CHART]

 

 

 

      Member of FTSE4Good Global Index

 

 

 

 

 

      A+ on Reputex Social Responsibility ratings

 

 

 

 

 

[LOGO]

[LOGO]

[LOGO]

 

 

 

    Wallace Associates, Base: Total Metro Population 18+ (2M: Wtd MFI

    Data collection commenced in 2000

 

64



 

Community investment strategy is leading practice

 

Increasing the financial literacy and inclusion of adult Australians, particularly  the most vulnerable

 

MoneyMinded

 

                  Financial education program for adults facing financial difficulty, delivered by community partners and financial councillors Australia-wide.

 

                  More than 400 facilitators trained to deliver the program and more than 3,500 consumers have participated so far. Our aim is to reach 100,000 consumers over the next five years.

 

                  Victorian State Government is funding the adaptation of MoneyMinded for the Iraqi community in Shepparton

 

Saver Plus

 

                  Assisting low-income families to develop a long-term savings habit, improve their financial knowledge and save for their children’s education.

 

                  ANZ matches the savings of participants in the program up $2000 per person.

 

                  ANZ provided $481,000 in matched savings to 257 participants in 2004 and, at the end of September, a further 453 families had saved $384,703 to be matched by ANZ.

 

Financial Inclusion

 

                  ANZ and the Aus Government launched MoneyBusiness – a program to build the money skills and confidence of Indigenous Australians.

 

                  We will contribute $1m over three years to adapt MoneyMinded for Indigenous communities, introduce SaverPlus to reach 300 Indigenous families, and work with the Government to develop a strategy for delivery of MoneyBusiness nationally by May 2006.

 

Opportunities for our people to engage with their local communities and support causes that are important to them

 

ANZ Volunteers

 

                  8 hours paid volunteer leave for staff.

 

                  18% of Australian staff contributed 24,000 hours, valued at 1.18 million to community organisations in 05. This included 600 staff who gave 4,200+ volunteer hours to Tsunami relief efforts.

 

                  ANZ will provide the entire Volunteer network required to support the inaugural Australian Comic Relief for Oxfam Community Aid Abroad.

 

                  ANZ’s program is amongst the leaders globally; the average corporate volunteering participation rate is 8.5%

 

Community Giving

 

                  Our workplace giving program, supports more than 18 community organisations that were selected to reflect the causes that are important to our staff.

 

                  28% of Australian staff participated in this program over 05, principally through our contribution to Tsunami appeals; the average participation rate in similar schemes at large organisations is 3-4%.

 

                  $1m in total from staff donations and matched funds from ANZ contributed to World Vision’s Tsunami relief efforts.

 

ANZ Community Fund

 

                  Empowering branch staff with resources to fund community projects in their local markets.

 

                  ‘Grass roots’ business and community partnerships.

 

                  We achieved our target to invest a further $350,000 in these partnerships in 2005.

 

                  ANZ invested $8.26 million in community initiatives during its 2004-05 financial year, including almost $2.37 million in its financial literacy and inclusion programs which have directly benefited thousands of Australians.

 

                  The measurement of ANZ’s community contributions follows an assessment by the London Benchmarking Group (LBG) whose benchmarking model is the emerging standard for measuring corporate community investment programs and is used by almost 100 leading international companies. ANZ is the first Australian company to have its community investments assured based on the LBG methodology.

 

65



 

People strategy has created the most engaged workforce of major banks

 

Building a vibrant, energetic and high-performing culture, where ANZ’s values guide our actions and decisions

 

Cultural Transformation

 

                  5-year focus on cultural transformation and values-based decision making. 20,000+ staff have participated in Breakout workshops. Target to reach 7,000 frontline staff by end of 2006. Breakout “recharge” launched with a focus on enhancing teamwork and collaboration.

 

                  Staff satisfaction up from 50% in 2000 to 85% in 2004 across 32,000 staff. Staff engagement at 63% is ahead of our major bank peers and participating large companies (ASX Top 20).

 

                  In 2004/5, staff cited the most visible cultural values as “customer focus” and “community involvement”.

 

                  Performance management and rewards aligned with outcomes and behaviours.

 

Attracting and Nurturing Talent

 

                  Attractive benefits including flexible pay options for all staff, share ownership, salary sacrifice for laptops, PCs@home, discounted medical insurance and ANZ products and services.

 

                  Development plans for all staff. Innovative programs to identify, nurture and fast-track high potential people from graduates through to senior executives.

 

                  Added 3,000 mostly customer-facing staff in the past 18 months.

 

                  Largest graduate recruitment intake of publicly-listed companies.

 

Flexibility for a Diverse Workforce

 

                  12 weeks paid parental leave, with no minimum service requirement.

 

                  Guaranteed part-time employment for staff over 55, and a Career Extensions program offering flexible options for mature-aged staff.

 

                  Partnership with ABC Learning Centres offering childcare services, with five centres open around Australia

 

                  Flexible leave options including lifestyle leave which enables staff to take up to an additional four weeks’ leave for any purpose and career breaks of up to five years.

 

Employee Well-being

 

                  Upgraded occupational health and safety policy and system.

 

                  Ongoing facilities improvement programs including $130 million branch refurbishment and upgrade, particularly in NSW.

 

                  Lost time injury frequency rate continues to decrease and is best amongst our peer group.

 

                  Free, comprehensive health checks for all staff and on-line health information service.

 

                  Free employee assistance counselling services.

 

                  Extensive financial literacy program for staff, including financial fitness sessions rolled out to staff Australia-wide.

 

                  Most engaged workforce of all major companies in Australia (Hewitt Employee Engagement Survey)

 

                  Recognised as the Leading Australian Organisation for the Advancement of Women (for organisations of more than 500 employees) by the Equal Opportunity for Women in the Workplace Agency (EOWA) Business Achievement Awards. (September 05)

 

                  Recognised for leadership and excellence in diversity for Employment and Inclusion of Culturally and Linguistically Diverse Australians in the Diversity@work annual awards. (October 05)

 

66



 

Integrating environmental and social considerations into our business practices

 

Demonstrating business leadership by integrating environmental and social considerations into our business practices, decisions & behaviors

 

Institutional & Corporate Sustainability

 

                  An environmental and social issues screen of clients and transactions is being rolled out across Institutional. This allows key risks to be identified and addressed in the credit process. Where issues are identified, mitigation measures must be in place.

 

                  Formal processes in place to ensure more effective integration of environmental and social considerations in lending policies and decision-making principles, for example our Institutional and Corporate Sustainability unit now forms part of, and provides advice to, our Institutional Client Relationship Group.

 

                  A program to build broad staff awareness and understanding of the business rationale for environmental and social issues screening has been developed and will be implemented by December 05.

 

Operational Environmental Footprint

 

                  Programs and targets in place to reduce the impact of our operations on the environment. These include a focus on:

 

                  Reducing electricity consumption.

 

                  Reducing office paper consumption.

 

                  Increasing recycling and reducing waste to landfill.

 

                  Implementing our Sustainability Procurement policy to address environmental risks and opportunities in our supply chain.

 

                  New Group Environment Charter setting higher performance standards introduced in July 05

 

New Products and Services

 

                  Updated Environment Charter commits ANZ to provide new products and services designed to help our customers and clients improve their environmental performance.

 

                  ANZ Markets has established trading capability for Renewable Energy Certificates and is the first bank to be transacting Gas Abatement Certificates.

 

                  ANZ has joined a number of consortia (with BP Solar) and submitted expressions of interest to the Australian Government’s Solar Cities Program (subsidies and grants).

 

                  We are investing in a number of biodiesel production facilities in Australia and New Zealand within our diversified energy vehicle, the Energy Infrastructure Trust.

 

                  ANZ is a signatory to the UNEP Finance Initiative Statement and participates in a number of its local work programs coordinated by the Victoria EPA.

 

67



 

Summary of forecasts – Australia (bank year)

 

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GDP

 

2.3

 

3.4

 

3.7

 

Inflation

 

3.2

 

2.1

 

2.1

 

Unemployment

 

5.1

 

5.1

 

5.0

 

Cash rate

 

5.50

 

5.50

 

5.75

 

10 year bonds

 

5.4

 

5.3

 

5.5

 

$A/$US

 

0.76

 

0.68

 

0.76

 

$A/$NZ

 

1.09

 

1.15

 

1.27

 

Credit

 

13.3

 

10.9

 

10.5

 

Housing

 

13.4

 

13.3

 

12.2

 

Business

 

13.1

 

8.5

 

8.7

 

Other

 

13.7

 

6.3

 

6.1

 

 

All Forecasts for Sept bank year

 

68



 

Summary of forecasts – New Zealand (bank year)

 

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GDP

 

2.7

 

1.9

 

2.6

 

Inflation

 

3.4

 

3.2

 

1.7

 

Unemployment

 

3.6

 

4.4

 

4.7

 

Cash rate

 

6.75

 

6.75

 

6.00

 

10 year bonds

 

5.7

 

6.0

 

6.1

 

$NZ/$US

 

0.70

 

0.59

 

0.60

 

Credit

 

16.1

 

9.9

 

7.3

 

Housing

 

15.8

 

10.0

 

8.2

 

Business

 

20.0

 

9.9

 

6.2

 

Other

 

7.5

 

7.4

 

7.2

 

 

All Forecasts for Sept bank year

 

69



 

The material in this presentation is general background information about the Bank’s activities current at the date of the presentation.  It is information given in summary form and does not purport to be complete.  It is not intended to be relied upon as advice to investors or potential investors and does not take into account the investment objectives, financial situation or needs of any particular investor.  These should be considered, with or without professional advice when deciding if an investment is appropriate.

 

For further information visit

 

www.anz.com

 

or contact

 

Stephen Higgins
Head of Investor Relations

 

 

ph: (613) 9273 4185

fax: (613) 9273 4091

e-mail: higgins@anz.com

 

 

70



 

There can be no assurance that actual outcomes will not differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in the Form 6-K.

 

Signatures

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

Australia and New Zealand
Banking Group Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Registrant)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

    /s/ John Priestley

 

 

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

(Signature)*

 

 

 

Date 25 October 2005

 


* Print the name and title of the signing officer under his signature.